Compare commits

...

1 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Bryan Petty
d5f8a1d800 This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag
'WX_2_2_STABLE'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/WX_2_2_STABLE@6952 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
2000-03-27 11:20:54 +00:00
6037 changed files with 0 additions and 1434970 deletions

View File

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
system.list
bin
.gdb_history
Test
config.cache
configarg.cache
config.status
system.list
linux.system.cache
wx-config
config.log
linux-gnu.system.cache
*.dsp
*.dsw
*.plg
*.opt
*.aps
*.ncb
*.pro
*.opt
*.d
*.swp
*.swo
Release
Debug
ReleaseDLL
DebugDLL
robert
stamp-h.in
Makefile
configure
setup.h
stamp-h
libtool
aclocal.m4
base
gtk
motif
win32
base-release
gtk-release
motif-release
win32-release
*tags

View File

@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
------------------------------------------------------------------------
How to build the sources from CVS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I) Windows using plain makefiles
----------------------------------------
a) If using Microsoft Visual C++ 5.0 or 6.0
Ensure that the command-line compiler and tools (including
nmake) are installed and ready to run. Depending on your
installation there may be a batch file (named something like
VCVARS32.BAT) that needs to be run to set correct environment
varaibles and PATH entries.
Continue with item c) below.
b) If using the GNU MinGW32 or GNU CygWin32 compilers
You'll need the compiler itself which is available from
http://www.cygwin.com
When using MingW32 you'll need GNU make which is a part
of the CygWin32 toolchain and is also available as a stand
alone port without the infamous Cygwin.dll from
http://agnes.dida.physik.uni-essen.de/~janjaap/mingw32
The makefile has small problems with Cygwin<69>s tools
so it is recommended not to use these (but MingGW32
and its make.exe).
-> Set your path so that it includes the directory
where your compiler and tools reside
b-2) Using Mingw32 with gcc-2.95 and Anders Norlander's
Win32 headers
Using the newer gcc-2.95/Noralander header combination
will allow you to compile more of the MSW code, such
as OLE and Drag-n-Drop.
Instructions are similar to those for Regular Mingw32 except
->Get the compiler from
ftp://ftp.xraylith.wisc.edu/pub/khan/gnu-win32/mingw32/gcc-2.95/
->patch the gcc headers with info in wxWin\Mingw32-gcc295.patches.
PLEASE APPLY THESE PATCHES BY HAND! There are apparently a few
different versions of the headers floating around.
->Edit wx/src/makeg95.env and set the MINGW32 variable at the top of
the file to either 1 (you have Mingw32) or 0 (you have Cygwin32).
If using MINGW32, also set the MINGW32VERSION variable
appropriately.
c) Build instructions
-> Assumming that you installed the wxWindows sources
into c:\wxWin
-> Copy c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup0.h
to c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h
-> Edit c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h so that
most features are enabled (i.e. defined to 1) with
#define wxUSE_ODBC 0
#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 0
#define wxUSE_HTML 1
#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
#define wxUSE_FS_INET 0
#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1
#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1
#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1
#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1
#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1
#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1
and iostreams ares disabled with
#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 0
note: ODBC and SOCKETS can be 1 for gcc-2.95
-> type: cd c:\wxWin\src\msw
-> type: make -f makefile.g95 (if using GNU tools)
or type: make -f makefile.vc (if using MS VC++)
II) Unix ports
--------------
Building wxGTK or wxMotif completely without configure
won't ever work, but there is now a new makefile system
that works without libtool and automake, using only
configure to create what is needed.
In order to create configure, you need to have the
GNU autoconf package (version 2.13 or 2.14) installed
on your system and type run "autoconf" in the base
directory (or run the autogen.sh script in the same
directory, which just calls autoconf).
Set WXWIN environment variable to the base directory such
as ~/wxWindows (this is actually not really needed).
-> type: export WXWIN=~/wxWindows
-> type: md mybuild
-> type: cd mybuild
-> type: ../configure --with-motif
or type: ../configure --with-gtk
-> type: make
-> type: su <type root password>
-> type: make install
-> type: ldconfig
-> type: exit
Call configure with --disable-shared to create a static
library. Calling "make uninstall" will remove the installed
library and "make dist" will create a distribution (not
yet complete).
III) Windows using configure
----------------------------------------
Take a look at Unix->Windows cross compiling. With minor
modifications, this should work in Windows if you've got the cygnus
utilities (bash, GNU make, etc) and either mingw32 or cygwin32 installed.
See http://www.cygnus.com for these programs, or go straight to their
ftp server at ftp://sourceware.cygnus.com/pub/cygwin/.
Of course, you can also build the library using plain makefiles (see
section I).
V) MacOS
----------------------------------------
VI) OS/2
----------------------------------------
VII) Unix->Windows cross-compiling using configure
--------------------------------------------------
First you'll need a cross-compiler; linux glibc binaries of mingw32 and
cygwin32 (both based on egcs) can be found at
ftp://ftp.objsw.com/pub/crossgcc/linux-x-win32. Otherwise you can
compile one yourself. Check the relevant FAQs.
[ A Note about cygwin32 and mingw32: the main difference is that cygwin32
binaries are always linked against cygwin.dll. This dll encapsulates most
standard Unix C extensions, which is very handy if you're porting unix
software to windows. However, wxMSW doesn't need this, so mingw32 is
preferable if you write portable C(++). ]
You might want to build both Unix and Windows binaries in the same source
tree; to do this make subdirs for each e.g. unix and win32. If you've
already build wxWindows in the main dir, do a 'make distclean' there,
otherwise configure will get confused. (In any case, read the section 'Unix
using configure' and make sure you're able to build a native wxWindows
library; cross-compiling errors can be pretty obscure and you'll want to be
sure that your configure setup is basically sound.)
To cross compile the windows library, do
-> cd win32
(or whatever you called it)
Now run configure. There are two ways to do this
-> ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --build=i586-linux --with-mingw \
--enable-dnd=no --without-odbc
where --build= should read whatever platform you're building on. Configure
will notice that build and host platforms differ, and automatically prepend
i586-mingw32- to gcc, ar, ld, etc (make sure they're in the PATH!).
The other way to run configure is by specifying the names of the binaries
yourself:
-> CC=i586-mingw32-gcc CXX=i586-mingw32-g++ RANLIB=i586-mingw32-ranlib \
DLLTOOL=i586-mingw32-dlltool LD=i586-mingw32-ld NM=i586-mingw32-nm \
../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --with-mingw --enable-dnd=no
(all assuming you're using mingw32)
Drag'n'drop is disabled because mingw32 lacks (AFAIK) OLE headers.
[ Update: some new mingw32 versions now have a new set of windows header
files, which apparently can handle ole. Untested at the moment ]
ODBC files don't compile as of 13.10.99 - may be this will be fixed by the
moment you're reading these lines.
Configure will conclude that shared libraries are out of the question and
opt for a static one. I haven't looked into DLL creation yet.
Type
-> make
and wait, wait, wait. Don't leave the room, because the minute you do there
will be a compile error :-)
NB: you risk to get quite a few warnings about "ANSI C++ forbids implicit
conversion from 'void *'" in all places where va_arg macro is used. This
is due to a bug in (some versions of) mingw32 headers which may be
corrected by editing the file
${install_prefix}/lib/gcc-lib/i586-mingw32/egcs-2.91.57/include/stdarg.h
(instead of egcs-2.91.57 you may have something different), searching for
the lines
/* Define __gnuc_va_list. */
#ifndef __GNUC_VA_LIST
#define __GNUC_VA_LIST
#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(_AIX) || defined(_M_UNIX) || defined(__NetBSD__)
typedef char *__gnuc_va_list;
#else
typedef void *__gnuc_va_list;
#endif
#endif
and adding "|| defined(_WIN32)" to the list of platforms on which
__gnuc_va_list is char *.
If this is successful, you end up with a libwx_msw.a in win32/lib. Now try
building the minimal sample:
-> cd samples/minimal
-> make
and run it with wine, for example (or copy to a Windows box)
-> wine minimal.exe
If all is well, do an install; from win32
-> make install
Native and cross-compiled installations can co-exist peacefully
(as long as their widget sets differ), except for wx-config. You might
want to rename the cross-compiled one to i586-mingw32-wx-config, or something.
Cross-compiling TODO:
---------------------
- resource compiling must be done manually for now (should/can we link the
default wx resources into libwx_msw.a?) [ No we can't; the linker won't
link it in... you have to supply an object file ]
- dynamic libraries
- static executables are HUGE -- there must be room for improvement.

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
*** \gcc-inc\basetyps.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:36 1999
--- basetyps.h Fri Aug 06 11:14:36 1999
***************
*** 74,91 ****
--- 74,97 ----
STDMETHOD(Clone)(IENUM_THIS_(I) I**) PURE; \
}
#define DECLARE_ENUMERATOR(T) DECLARE_ENUMERATOR_(IEnum##T,T)
+ #ifndef GUID_DEFINED
+ #define GUID_DEFINED
typedef struct _GUID
{
unsigned long Data1;
unsigned short Data2;
unsigned short Data3;
unsigned char Data4[8];
} GUID;
+ #endif /* GUID_DEFINED */
typedef GUID *REFGUID;
typedef GUID *LPGUID;
+ #ifndef UUID_DEFINED
+ #define UUID_DEFINED
typedef GUID UUID;
+ #endif /* UUID_DEFINED */
typedef GUID IID;
typedef GUID CLSID;
typedef CLSID *LPCLSID;
typedef IID *LPIID;
*** \gcc-inc\oaidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
--- oaidl.h Fri Aug 06 13:18:48 1999
***************
*** 39,44 ****
--- 39,53 ----
#define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FRESTRICTED 4
#define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FDEFAULTVTABLE 8
+ #define DISPID_UNKNOWN ( -1 )
+ #define DISPID_VALUE ( 0 )
+ #define DISPID_PROPERTYPUT ( -3 )
+ #define DISPID_NEWENUM ( -4 )
+ #define DISPID_EVALUATE ( -5 )
+ #define DISPID_CONSTRUCTOR ( -6 )
+ #define DISPID_DESTRUCTOR ( -7 )
+ #define DISPID_COLLECT ( -8 )
+
typedef interface ITypeLib *LPTYPELIB;
typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo *LPCREATETYPEINFO;
typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo2 *LPCREATETYPEINFO2;
***************
*** 49,54 ****
--- 58,73 ----
typedef interface IDispatch *LPDISPATCH;
typedef interface ICreateErrorInfo *LPCREATEERRORINFO;
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeLib;
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo;
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo2;
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib;
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib2;
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeInfo;
+ extern "C" const IID IID_IErrorInfo;
+ extern "C" const IID IID_IDispatch;
+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateErrorInfo;
+
typedef enum tagSYSKIND {
SYS_WIN16,SYS_WIN32,SYS_MAC
} SYSKIND;
***************
*** 375,382 ****
STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
! STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID)
PURE;
! STDMETHOD(Invoked)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
};
#ifdef __cplusplus
--- 394,401 ----
STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
! STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID*)
PURE;
! STDMETHOD(Invoke)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
};
#ifdef __cplusplus
*** \gcc-inc\objidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
--- objidl.h Fri Aug 06 11:00:19 1999
***************
*** 627,633 ****
STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
! STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC*) PURE;
STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
--- 627,633 ----
STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
! STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC**) PURE;
STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
--- i386-mingw32\include\stdio.h Sun Aug 1 06:18:20 1999
+++ stdio.h Sun Nov 7 03:41:40 1999
@@ -203,9 +203,12 @@
int fprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, ...);
int printf (const char* szFormat, ...);
int sprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, ...);
+int _snprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat, ...);
int vfprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
int vprintf (const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
int vsprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
+int _vsnprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat,
+ va_list varg);
/* Wide character versions */
int fwprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const wchar_t* wsFormat, ...);
--- i386-mingw32\include\winbase.h Sat Jul 31 17:48:48 1999
+++ winbase.h Fri Feb 25 01:49:08 2000
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@
BOOL WINAPI CopyFileExW(LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR,LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE,LPVOID,LPBOOL,DWORD);
#define RtlMoveMemory memmove
#define RtlCopyMemory memcpy
-#define RtlFillMemory memset
+#define RtlFillMemory(d,l,f) memset ((d),(f),(l))
#define RtlZeroMemory(d,l) memset((d),0,(l))
#define MoveMemory RtlMoveMemory
#define CopyMemory RtlCopyMemory
--- i386-mingw32\include\winsock.h Sat Jul 31 17:48:50 1999
+++ winsock.h Mon Mar 20 13:47:12 2000
@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
#define _GNU_H_WINDOWS32_SOCKETS
#include <windows.h>
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
#ifndef _SYS_TYPES_H
typedef unsigned char u_char;
typedef unsigned short u_short;
@@ -495,4 +499,9 @@
typedef struct timeval TIMEVAL;
typedef struct timeval *PTIMEVAL;
typedef struct timeval *LPTIMEVAL;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
#endif
+#endif
+

View File

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
autoconf

951
config.guess vendored
View File

@@ -1,951 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Written by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com>.
# The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib.
#
# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
#
# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
# don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name).
#
# Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others
# (but try to keep the structure clean).
#
# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.)
if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
fi
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
trap 'rm -f dummy.c dummy.o dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
alpha:OSF1:*:*)
if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
fi
# A Vn.n version is a released version.
# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
cat <<EOF >dummy.s
.globl main
.ent main
main:
.frame \$30,0,\$26,0
.prologue 0
.long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0
lda \$2,259
.long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1
srl \$1,8,\$2
sll \$2,2,\$2
sll \$0,3,\$0
addl \$1,\$0,\$0
addl \$2,\$0,\$0
ret \$31,(\$26),1
.end main
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.s -o dummy 2>/dev/null
if test "$?" = 0 ; then
./dummy
case "$?" in
7)
UNAME_MACHINE="alpha"
;;
15)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5"
;;
14)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56"
;;
10)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56"
;;
16)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6"
;;
esac
fi
rm -f dummy.s dummy
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr [[A-Z]] [[a-z]]`
exit 0 ;;
21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
exit 0 ;;
Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
echo m68k-cbm-sysv4
exit 0;;
amiga:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
*:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
exit 0 ;;
arc64:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo mips64el-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
arc:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
hkmips:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo mips-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
pmax:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
sgi:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo mips-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0;;
arm32:NetBSD:*:*)
echo arm-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
exit 0 ;;
SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
exit 0;;
Pyramid*:OSx*:*:*|MIS*:OSx*:*:*|MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
else
echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
fi
exit 0 ;;
NILE:*:*:dcosx)
echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
exit 0 ;;
sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit 0 ;;
sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit 0 ;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit 0 ;;
sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
# SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit 0 ;;
sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
Series*|S4*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
;;
esac
# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
exit 0 ;;
sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`(head -1 /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
case "`/bin/arch`" in
sun3)
echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
;;
sun4)
echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
;;
esac
exit 0 ;;
aushp:SunOS:*:*)
echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
atari*:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
atari*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
sun3*:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
sun3*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mac68k:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
powerpc:machten:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
macppc:NetBSD:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
RISC*:Mach:*:*)
echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
exit 0 ;;
RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
2020:CLIX:*:*)
echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; {
#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
exit (-1);
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy \
&& ./dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
&& rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
exit 0 ;;
m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
echo m88k-harris-cxux7
exit 0 ;;
m88k:*:4*:R4*)
echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
m88k:*:3*:R3*)
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
AViiON:dgux:*:*)
# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] ; then
if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \
-o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then
echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit 0 ;;
M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
M88*:*:R3*:*)
# Delta 88k system running SVR3
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
exit 0 ;;
*:IRIX*:*:*)
echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
exit 0 ;;
????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
i?86:AIX:*:*)
echo i386-ibm-aix
exit 0 ;;
*:AIX:2:3)
if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c
#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
main()
{
if (!__power_pc())
exit(1);
puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
exit(0);
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
else
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
fi
exit 0 ;;
*:AIX:*:4)
IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | head -1 | awk '{ print $1 }'`
if /usr/sbin/lsattr -EHl ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep POWER >/dev/null 2>&1; then
IBM_ARCH=rs6000
else
IBM_ARCH=powerpc
fi
if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
else
IBM_REV=4.${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
exit 0 ;;
*:AIX:*:*)
echo rs6000-ibm-aix
exit 0 ;;
ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
exit 0 ;;
ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC NetBSD and
echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
*:BOSX:*:*)
echo rs6000-bull-bosx
exit 0 ;;
DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
echo m68k-bull-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd
exit 0 ;;
hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
exit 0 ;;
9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
9000/6?? | 9000/7?? | 9000/80[24] | 9000/8?[13679] | 9000/892 )
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int main ()
{
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
#endif
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
switch (bits)
{
case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
} break;
#else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
#endif
default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
}
exit (0);
}
EOF
(${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./dummy`
rm -f dummy.c dummy
esac
HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
exit 0 ;;
3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c
#include <unistd.h>
int
main ()
{
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
/* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
results, however. */
if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
{
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
}
}
else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
exit (0);
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
exit 0 ;;
9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
exit 0 ;;
9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
exit 0 ;;
hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
exit 0 ;;
hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
exit 0 ;;
i?86:OSF1:*:*)
if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
fi
exit 0 ;;
parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
exit 0 ;;
C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
echo c1-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
then echo c32-convex-bsd
else echo c2-convex-bsd
fi
exit 0 ;;
C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
echo c34-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
echo c38-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
echo c4-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*X-MP:*:*:*)
echo xmp-cray-unicos
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
-e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
CRAY-2:*:*:*)
echo cray2-cray-unicos
exit 0 ;;
F300:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr [A-Z] [a-z] | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "f300-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit 0 ;;
F301:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
echo f301-fujitsu-uxpv`echo $UNAME_RELEASE | sed 's/ .*//'`
exit 0 ;;
hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
i?86:BSD/386:*:* | *:BSD/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
*:FreeBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
exit 0 ;;
*:NetBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
exit 0 ;;
*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
exit 0 ;;
i*:CYGWIN*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin32
exit 0 ;;
i*:MINGW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
exit 0 ;;
p*:CYGWIN*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin32
exit 0 ;;
prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit 0 ;;
*:GNU:*:*)
echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
exit 0 ;;
*:Linux:*:*)
# uname on the ARM produces all sorts of strangeness, and we need to
# filter it out.
case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in
arm* | sa110*) UNAME_MACHINE="arm" ;;
esac
# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
# first see if it will tell us.
ld_help_string=`ld --help 2>&1`
ld_supported_emulations=`echo $ld_help_string \
| sed -ne '/supported emulations:/!d
s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
s/.*supported emulations: *//
s/ .*//
p'`
case "$ld_supported_emulations" in
i?86linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
i?86coff) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" ; exit 0 ;;
sparclinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
armlinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
m68klinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
elf32ppc) echo "powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu" ; exit 0 ;;
esac
if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then
sed 's/^ //' <<EOF >dummy.s
.globl main
.ent main
main:
.frame \$30,0,\$26,0
.prologue 0
.long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0
lda \$2,259
.long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1
srl \$1,8,\$2
sll \$2,2,\$2
sll \$0,3,\$0
addl \$1,\$0,\$0
addl \$2,\$0,\$0
ret \$31,(\$26),1
.end main
EOF
LIBC=""
${CC-cc} dummy.s -o dummy 2>/dev/null
if test "$?" = 0 ; then
./dummy
case "$?" in
7)
UNAME_MACHINE="alpha"
;;
15)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5"
;;
14)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56"
;;
10)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56"
;;
16)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6"
;;
esac
objdump --private-headers dummy | \
grep ld.so.1 > /dev/null
if test "$?" = 0 ; then
LIBC="libc1"
fi
fi
rm -f dummy.s dummy
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} ; exit 0
elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "mips" ; then
cat >dummy.c <<EOF
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
#ifdef __MIPSEB__
printf ("%s-unknown-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
#endif
#ifdef __MIPSEL__
printf ("%sel-unknown-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
#endif
return 0;
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
else
# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld)
# or one that does not give us useful --help.
# GCC wants to distinguish between linux-gnuoldld and linux-gnuaout.
# If ld does not provide *any* "supported emulations:"
# that means it is gnuoldld.
echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations:"
test $? != 0 && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
i?86)
VENDOR=pc;
;;
*)
VENDOR=unknown;
;;
esac
# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
cat >dummy.c <<EOF
#include <features.h>
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
#ifdef __ELF__
# ifdef __GLIBC__
# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
# else
printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnulibc1\n", argv[1]);
# endif
# else
printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnulibc1\n", argv[1]);
# endif
#else
printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnuaout\n", argv[1]);
#endif
return 0;
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
fi ;;
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. earlier versions
# are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename.
i?86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
echo i386-sequent-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
i?86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
# number series starting with 2...
# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
# I just have to hope. -- rms.
# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:3.2:*)
if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
(/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
fi
exit 0 ;;
i?86:UnixWare:*:*)
if /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unixware-${UNAME_RELEASE}-${UNAME_VERSION}
exit 0 ;;
pc:*:*:*)
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit 0 ;;
Intel:Mach:3*:*)
echo i386-pc-mach3
exit 0 ;;
paragon:*:*:*)
echo i860-intel-osf1
exit 0 ;;
i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
fi
exit 0 ;;
mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
# "miniframe"
echo m68010-convergent-sysv
exit 0 ;;
M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*)
test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0)
OS_REL=''
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;;
3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
m68*:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
echo m68k-atari-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
i?86:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
echo mips-sni-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
*:SINIX-*:*:*)
if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
else
echo ns32k-sni-sysv
fi
exit 0 ;;
PENTIUM:CPunix:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
# says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
echo i586-unisys-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
*:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
*:*:*:FTX*)
# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
echo i860-stratus-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
news*:NEWS-OS:*:6*)
echo mips-sony-newsos6
exit 0 ;;
R3000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit 0 ;;
BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
echo powerpc-be-beos
exit 0 ;;
BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
echo powerpc-apple-beos
exit 0 ;;
BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-beos
exit 0 ;;
esac
#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
cat >dummy.c <<EOF
#ifdef _SEQUENT_
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <sys/utsname.h>
#endif
main ()
{
#if defined (sony)
#if defined (MIPSEB)
/* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
I don't know.... */
printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#else
#include <sys/param.h>
printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
#ifdef NEWSOS4
"4"
#else
""
#endif
); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (NeXT)
#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
#endif
int version;
version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
#if defined (UMAXV)
printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
#else
#if defined (CMU)
printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
#else
printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#endif
#if defined (__386BSD__)
printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (sequent)
#if defined (i386)
printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (ns32000)
printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
struct utsname un;
uname(&un);
if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
}
if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
}
printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (vax)
#if !defined (ultrix)
printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#else
printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
exit (1);
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
then
case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
c1*)
echo c1-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
c2*)
if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
then echo c32-convex-bsd
else echo c2-convex-bsd
fi
exit 0 ;;
c34*)
echo c34-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
c38*)
echo c38-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
c4*)
echo c4-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
esac
fi
#echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2
exit 1

955
config.sub vendored
View File

@@ -1,955 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1.
# Copyright (C) 1991, 92-97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
#
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
# configuration.
# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
if [ x$1 = x ]
then
echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2
echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2
echo "or $0 ALIAS" 1>&2
echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# First pass through any local machine types.
case $1 in
*local*)
echo $1
exit 0
;;
*)
;;
esac
# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
linux-gnu*)
os=-$maybe_os
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
;;
*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
else os=; fi
;;
esac
### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also
### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
### can provide default operating systems below.
case $os in
-sun*os*)
# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
;;
-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-apple)
os=
basic_machine=$1
;;
-hiux*)
os=-hiuxwe2
;;
-sco5)
os=sco3.2v5
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-sco4)
os=-sco3.2v4
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-sco*)
os=-sco3.2v2
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-isc)
os=-isc2.2
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-clix*)
basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
;;
-isc*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-lynx*)
os=-lynxos
;;
-ptx*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
;;
-windowsnt*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
;;
-psos*)
os=-psos
;;
esac
# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
case $basic_machine in
# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
tahoe | i860 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc | arm \
| arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \
| 580 | i960 | h8300 | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 | hppa2.0 \
| alpha | alphaev5 | alphaev56 | we32k | ns16k | clipper \
| i370 | sh | powerpc | powerpcle | 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp11 \
| mips64 | mipsel | mips64el | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | v850)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
;;
# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
i[34567]86)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
;;
# Object if more than one company name word.
*-*-*)
echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
exit 1
;;
# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
vax-* | tahoe-* | i[34567]86-* | i860-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
| m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
| mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \
| power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | i960-* \
| xmp-* | ymp-* | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* \
| alpha-* | alphaev5-* | alphaev56-* | we32k-* | cydra-* \
| ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* | clipper-* | orion-* \
| sparclite-* | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* \
| sparc64-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \
| mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
| f301-*)
;;
# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
basic_machine=m68000-att
;;
3b*)
basic_machine=we32k-att
;;
alliant | fx80)
basic_machine=fx80-alliant
;;
altos | altos3068)
basic_machine=m68k-altos
;;
am29k)
basic_machine=a29k-none
os=-bsd
;;
amdahl)
basic_machine=580-amdahl
os=-sysv
;;
amiga | amiga-*)
basic_machine=m68k-cbm
;;
amigaos | amigados)
basic_machine=m68k-cbm
os=-amigaos
;;
amigaunix | amix)
basic_machine=m68k-cbm
os=-sysv4
;;
apollo68)
basic_machine=m68k-apollo
os=-sysv
;;
aux)
basic_machine=m68k-apple
os=-aux
;;
balance)
basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
os=-dynix
;;
convex-c1)
basic_machine=c1-convex
os=-bsd
;;
convex-c2)
basic_machine=c2-convex
os=-bsd
;;
convex-c32)
basic_machine=c32-convex
os=-bsd
;;
convex-c34)
basic_machine=c34-convex
os=-bsd
;;
convex-c38)
basic_machine=c38-convex
os=-bsd
;;
cray | ymp)
basic_machine=ymp-cray
os=-unicos
;;
cray2)
basic_machine=cray2-cray
os=-unicos
;;
[ctj]90-cray)
basic_machine=c90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
crds | unos)
basic_machine=m68k-crds
;;
da30 | da30-*)
basic_machine=m68k-da30
;;
decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
basic_machine=mips-dec
;;
delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
| 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
basic_machine=m68k-motorola
;;
delta88)
basic_machine=m88k-motorola
os=-sysv3
;;
dpx20 | dpx20-*)
basic_machine=rs6000-bull
os=-bosx
;;
dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
basic_machine=m68k-bull
os=-sysv3
;;
ebmon29k)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=-ebmon
;;
elxsi)
basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
os=-bsd
;;
encore | umax | mmax)
basic_machine=ns32k-encore
;;
fx2800)
basic_machine=i860-alliant
;;
genix)
basic_machine=ns32k-ns
;;
gmicro)
basic_machine=tron-gmicro
os=-sysv
;;
h3050r* | hiux*)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
os=-hiuxwe2
;;
h8300hms)
basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
os=-hms
;;
harris)
basic_machine=m88k-harris
os=-sysv3
;;
hp300-*)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
;;
hp300bsd)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
os=-bsd
;;
hp300hpux)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
os=-hpux
;;
hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
basic_machine=m68000-hp
;;
hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
basic_machine=m68k-hp
;;
hp9k7[0-9][0-9] | hp7[0-9][0-9] | hp9k8[0-9]7 | hp8[0-9]7)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
;;
hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
;;
hppa-next)
os=-nextstep3
;;
i370-ibm* | ibm*)
basic_machine=i370-ibm
os=-mvs
;;
# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
i[34567]86v32)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
os=-sysv32
;;
i[34567]86v4*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
os=-sysv4
;;
i[34567]86v)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
os=-sysv
;;
i[34567]86sol2)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
os=-solaris2
;;
iris | iris4d)
basic_machine=mips-sgi
case $os in
-irix*)
;;
*)
os=-irix4
;;
esac
;;
isi68 | isi)
basic_machine=m68k-isi
os=-sysv
;;
m88k-omron*)
basic_machine=m88k-omron
;;
magnum | m3230)
basic_machine=mips-mips
os=-sysv
;;
merlin)
basic_machine=ns32k-utek
os=-sysv
;;
miniframe)
basic_machine=m68000-convergent
;;
mipsel*-linux*)
basic_machine=mipsel-unknown
os=-linux-gnu
;;
mips*-linux*)
basic_machine=mips-unknown
os=-linux-gnu
;;
mips3*-*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
;;
mips3*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
;;
ncr3000)
basic_machine=i486-ncr
os=-sysv4
;;
news | news700 | news800 | news900)
basic_machine=m68k-sony
os=-newsos
;;
news1000)
basic_machine=m68030-sony
os=-newsos
;;
news-3600 | risc-news)
basic_machine=mips-sony
os=-newsos
;;
next | m*-next )
basic_machine=m68k-next
case $os in
-nextstep* )
;;
-ns2*)
os=-nextstep2
;;
*)
os=-nextstep3
;;
esac
;;
nh3000)
basic_machine=m68k-harris
os=-cxux
;;
nh[45]000)
basic_machine=m88k-harris
os=-cxux
;;
nindy960)
basic_machine=i960-intel
os=-nindy
;;
np1)
basic_machine=np1-gould
;;
pa-hitachi)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
os=-hiuxwe2
;;
paragon)
basic_machine=i860-intel
os=-osf
;;
pbd)
basic_machine=sparc-tti
;;
pbb)
basic_machine=m68k-tti
;;
pc532 | pc532-*)
basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
;;
pentium | p5 | k5 | nexen)
basic_machine=i586-pc
;;
pentiumpro | p6 | k6 | 6x86)
basic_machine=i686-pc
;;
pentiumii | pentium2)
basic_machine=i786-pc
;;
pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | nexen-*)
basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
pentiumpro-* | p6-* | k6-* | 6x86-*)
basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
pentiumii-* | pentium2-*)
basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
pn)
basic_machine=pn-gould
;;
power) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
;;
ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
;;
ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
;;
ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
ps2)
basic_machine=i386-ibm
;;
rm[46]00)
basic_machine=mips-siemens
;;
rtpc | rtpc-*)
basic_machine=romp-ibm
;;
sequent)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
;;
sh)
basic_machine=sh-hitachi
os=-hms
;;
sps7)
basic_machine=m68k-bull
os=-sysv2
;;
spur)
basic_machine=spur-unknown
;;
sun2)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
;;
sun2os3)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
os=-sunos3
;;
sun2os4)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
os=-sunos4
;;
sun3os3)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
os=-sunos3
;;
sun3os4)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
os=-sunos4
;;
sun4os3)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=-sunos3
;;
sun4os4)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=-sunos4
;;
sun4sol2)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=-solaris2
;;
sun3 | sun3-*)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
;;
sun4)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
;;
sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
basic_machine=i386-sun
;;
symmetry)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
os=-dynix
;;
tx39)
basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
;;
tx39el)
basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
;;
tower | tower-32)
basic_machine=m68k-ncr
;;
udi29k)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=-udi
;;
ultra3)
basic_machine=a29k-nyu
os=-sym1
;;
vaxv)
basic_machine=vax-dec
os=-sysv
;;
vms)
basic_machine=vax-dec
os=-vms
;;
vpp*|vx|vx-*)
basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
;;
vxworks960)
basic_machine=i960-wrs
os=-vxworks
;;
vxworks68)
basic_machine=m68k-wrs
os=-vxworks
;;
vxworks29k)
basic_machine=a29k-wrs
os=-vxworks
;;
xmp)
basic_machine=xmp-cray
os=-unicos
;;
xps | xps100)
basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
;;
none)
basic_machine=none-none
os=-none
;;
# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
mips)
if [ x$os = x-linux-gnu ]; then
basic_machine=mips-unknown
else
basic_machine=mips-mips
fi
;;
romp)
basic_machine=romp-ibm
;;
rs6000)
basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
;;
vax)
basic_machine=vax-dec
;;
pdp11)
basic_machine=pdp11-dec
;;
we32k)
basic_machine=we32k-att
;;
sparc)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
;;
cydra)
basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
;;
orion)
basic_machine=orion-highlevel
;;
orion105)
basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
;;
*)
echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
case $basic_machine in
*-digital*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
;;
*-commodore*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
;;
*)
;;
esac
# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
then
case $os in
# First match some system type aliases
# that might get confused with valid system types.
# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
;;
-solaris)
os=-solaris2
;;
-svr4*)
os=-sysv4
;;
-unixware*)
os=-sysv4.2uw
;;
-gnu/linux*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
;;
# First accept the basic system types.
# The portable systems comes first.
# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
| -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
| -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
| -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
| -aos* \
| -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
| -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
| -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
| -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* \
| -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
| -cygwin32* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos*)
# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
;;
-linux*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
;;
-sunos5*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
;;
-sunos6*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
;;
-osfrose*)
os=-osfrose
;;
-osf*)
os=-osf
;;
-utek*)
os=-bsd
;;
-dynix*)
os=-bsd
;;
-acis*)
os=-aos
;;
-ctix* | -uts*)
os=-sysv
;;
-ns2 )
os=-nextstep2
;;
# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
-sinix5.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
;;
-sinix*)
os=-sysv4
;;
-triton*)
os=-sysv3
;;
-oss*)
os=-sysv3
;;
-svr4)
os=-sysv4
;;
-svr3)
os=-sysv3
;;
-sysvr4)
os=-sysv4
;;
# This must come after -sysvr4.
-sysv*)
;;
-xenix)
os=-xenix
;;
-none)
;;
*)
# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
else
# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
# system, and we'll never get to this point.
case $basic_machine in
*-acorn)
os=-riscix1.2
;;
arm*-semi)
os=-aout
;;
pdp11-*)
os=-none
;;
*-dec | vax-*)
os=-ultrix4.2
;;
m68*-apollo)
os=-domain
;;
i386-sun)
os=-sunos4.0.2
;;
m68000-sun)
os=-sunos3
# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
# default.
# os=-sunos4
;;
*-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
os=-sysv3
;;
sparc-* | *-sun)
os=-sunos4.1.1
;;
*-be)
os=-beos
;;
*-ibm)
os=-aix
;;
*-hp)
os=-hpux
;;
*-hitachi)
os=-hiux
;;
i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
os=-sysv
;;
*-cbm)
os=-amigaos
;;
*-dg)
os=-dgux
;;
*-dolphin)
os=-sysv3
;;
m68k-ccur)
os=-rtu
;;
m88k-omron*)
os=-luna
;;
*-next )
os=-nextstep
;;
*-sequent)
os=-ptx
;;
*-crds)
os=-unos
;;
*-ns)
os=-genix
;;
i370-*)
os=-mvs
;;
*-next)
os=-nextstep3
;;
*-gould)
os=-sysv
;;
*-highlevel)
os=-bsd
;;
*-encore)
os=-bsd
;;
*-sgi)
os=-irix
;;
*-siemens)
os=-sysv4
;;
*-masscomp)
os=-rtu
;;
f301-fujitsu)
os=-uxpv
;;
*)
os=-none
;;
esac
fi
# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
vendor=unknown
case $basic_machine in
*-unknown)
case $os in
-riscix*)
vendor=acorn
;;
-sunos*)
vendor=sun
;;
-aix*)
vendor=ibm
;;
-hpux*)
vendor=hp
;;
-hiux*)
vendor=hitachi
;;
-unos*)
vendor=crds
;;
-dgux*)
vendor=dg
;;
-luna*)
vendor=omron
;;
-genix*)
vendor=ns
;;
-mvs*)
vendor=ibm
;;
-ptx*)
vendor=sequent
;;
-vxsim* | -vxworks*)
vendor=wrs
;;
-aux*)
vendor=apple
;;
esac
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
;;
esac
echo $basic_machine$os

14641
configure vendored

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
#
# Makefile : Builds wxWindows utils for Unix.
#
all:
cd src; make
clean:
cd src; make clean
cd samples; make clean
samples:
cd samples; make

974
contrib/configure vendored
View File

@@ -1,974 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# From configure.in Id: configure.in
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13
# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
# Defaults:
ac_help=
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
# Any additions from configure.in:
# Initialize some variables set by options.
# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
build=NONE
cache_file=./config.cache
exec_prefix=NONE
host=NONE
no_create=
nonopt=NONE
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE
program_prefix=NONE
program_suffix=NONE
program_transform_name=s,x,x,
silent=
site=
srcdir=
target=NONE
verbose=
x_includes=NONE
x_libraries=NONE
bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datadir='${prefix}/share'
sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'
infodir='${prefix}/info'
mandir='${prefix}/man'
# Initialize some other variables.
subdirs=
MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
ac_max_here_lines=12
ac_prev=
for ac_option
do
# If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
ac_prev=
continue
fi
case "$ac_option" in
-*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
*) ac_optarg= ;;
esac
# Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
case "$ac_option" in
-bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
ac_prev=bindir ;;
-bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
ac_prev=build ;;
-build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
build="$ac_optarg" ;;
-cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
| --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
ac_prev=cache_file ;;
-cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
| --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
-datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
ac_prev=datadir ;;
-datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
| --da=*)
datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-disable-* | --disable-*)
ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
{ echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
-enable-* | --enable-*)
ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
{ echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
case "$ac_option" in
*=*) ;;
*) ac_optarg=yes ;;
esac
eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
| --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
| --exec | --exe | --ex)
ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
-exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
| --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
| --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
# Obsolete; use --with-gas.
with_gas=yes ;;
-help | --help | --hel | --he)
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat << EOF
Usage: configure [options] [host]
Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
Configuration:
--cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE
--help print this message
--no-create do not create output files
--quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
--version print the version of autoconf that created configure
Directory and file names:
--prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
[$ac_default_prefix]
--exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
[same as prefix]
--bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
--sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
--libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
--datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
[PREFIX/share]
--sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
--sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
[PREFIX/com]
--localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
--libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
--includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
--oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
--infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
--mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
--srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
--program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
--program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
--program-transform-name=PROGRAM
run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
EOF
cat << EOF
Host type:
--build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
--host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed]
--target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
Features and packages:
--disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
--enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
--with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
--without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
--x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR
--x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR
EOF
if test -n "$ac_help"; then
echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
fi
exit 0 ;;
-host | --host | --hos | --ho)
ac_prev=host ;;
-host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
host="$ac_optarg" ;;
-includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
| --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
ac_prev=includedir ;;
-includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
| --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
ac_prev=infodir ;;
-infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
ac_prev=libdir ;;
-libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
| --libexe | --libex | --libe)
ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
| --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
| --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
| --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
-localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
| --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
| --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
ac_prev=mandir ;;
-mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-nfp | --nfp | --nf)
# Obsolete; use --without-fp.
with_fp=no ;;
-no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
| --no-cr | --no-c)
no_create=yes ;;
-no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
| --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
no_recursion=yes ;;
-oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
| --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
| --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
-oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
| --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
| --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
ac_prev=prefix ;;
-prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
| --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
-program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
| --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
| --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
-program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
| --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
| --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
| --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
| --program-transform | --program-transfor \
| --program-transfo | --program-transf \
| --program-trans | --program-tran \
| --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
-program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
| --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
| --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
| --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
| --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
| --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
| --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
silent=yes ;;
-sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
ac_prev=sbindir ;;
-sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
| --sbi=* | --sb=*)
sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
| --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
| --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
| --sha | --sh)
ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
-sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
| --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
| --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
| --sha=* | --sh=*)
sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-site | --site | --sit)
ac_prev=site ;;
-site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
site="$ac_optarg" ;;
-srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
ac_prev=srcdir ;;
-srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
| --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
-sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
| --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
ac_prev=target ;;
-target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
target="$ac_optarg" ;;
-v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
verbose=yes ;;
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13"
exit 0 ;;
-with-* | --with-*)
ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
{ echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
case "$ac_option" in
*=*) ;;
*) ac_optarg=yes ;;
esac
eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-without-* | --without-*)
ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
{ echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
--x)
# Obsolete; use --with-x.
with_x=yes ;;
-x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
| --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
ac_prev=x_includes ;;
-x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
| --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
-x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
| --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
-x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
| --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
-*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
;;
*)
if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
fi
if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
{ echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
nonopt="$ac_option"
;;
esac
done
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
{ echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
# File descriptor usage:
# 0 standard input
# 1 file creation
# 2 errors and warnings
# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
# 6 checking for... messages and results
# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
if test "$silent" = yes; then
exec 6>/dev/null
else
exec 6>&1
fi
exec 5>./config.log
echo "\
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
" 1>&5
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
ac_configure_args=
for ac_arg
do
case "$ac_arg" in
-no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
| --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
-no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
| --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
*" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
*) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
esac
done
# NLS nuisances.
# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally
# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi
if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi
# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
echo > confdefs.h
# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
ac_unique_file=Makefile.in
# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
# Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
ac_prog=$0
ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
srcdir=$ac_confdir
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
srcdir=..
fi
else
ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
{ echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
else
{ echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
fi
srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
else
CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
fi
fi
for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
. "$ac_site_file"
fi
done
if test -r "$cache_file"; then
echo "loading cache $cache_file"
. $cache_file
else
echo "creating cache $cache_file"
> $cache_file
fi
ac_ext=c
# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
ac_exeext=
ac_objext=o
if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
# Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
ac_n= ac_c='
' ac_t=' '
else
ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
fi
else
ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
fi
ESD_LINK=
echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:531: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
CPP=
fi
if test -z "$CPP"; then
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
# substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
# On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
# not just through cpp.
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 546 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <assert.h>
Syntax Error
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:552: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
:
else
echo "$ac_err" >&5
echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
rm -rf conftest*
CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 563 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <assert.h>
Syntax Error
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:569: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
:
else
echo "$ac_err" >&5
echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
rm -rf conftest*
CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 580 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <assert.h>
Syntax Error
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:586: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
:
else
echo "$ac_err" >&5
echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
rm -rf conftest*
CPP=/lib/cpp
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
rm -f conftest*
ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
fi
CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
else
ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
fi
echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
ac_safe=`echo "esd.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
echo $ac_n "checking for esd.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:612: checking for esd.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 617 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <esd.h>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:622: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
else
echo "$ac_err" >&5
echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
echo $ac_n "checking for esd_close in -lesd""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:640: checking for esd_close in -lesd" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo esd'_'esd_close | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-lesd $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 648 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
char esd_close();
int main() {
esd_close()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:659: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
ESD_LINK="-lesd"
else
echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi
else
echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi
if test "$ESD_LINK" != "" ; then
echo "ESound detected"
fi
PATH_IFS=$wx_cv_path_ifs
WX_TARGET_LIBRARY=$wx_cv_target_library
WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE=$wx_cv_target_libtype
trap '' 1 2 15
cat > confcache <<\EOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems.
# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
#
# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure
# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
# --recheck option to rerun configure.
#
EOF
# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
(set) 2>&1 |
case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
*ac_space=\ *)
# `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
# turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
sed -n \
-e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
-e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
;;
*)
# `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
;;
esac >> confcache
if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
:
else
if test -w $cache_file; then
echo "updating cache $cache_file"
cat confcache > $cache_file
else
echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
fi
fi
rm -f confcache
trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
# Let make expand exec_prefix.
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d'
fi
trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
s%\[%\\&%g
s%\]%\\&%g
s%\$%$$%g
EOF
DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
rm -f conftest.defs
# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
#! /bin/sh
# Generated automatically by configure.
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
# This directory was configured as follows,
# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
#
# $0 $ac_configure_args
#
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
for ac_option
do
case "\$ac_option" in
-recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13"
exit 0 ;;
-help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
*) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
esac
done
ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
trap 'rm -fr `echo "
Makefile
src/Makefile
src/ogl/Makefile
src/mmedia/Makefile
src/stc/Makefile
samples/Makefile
samples/mmedia/Makefile
samples/stc/Makefile
" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
$ac_vpsub
$extrasub
s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g
s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
s%@PATH_IFS@%$PATH_IFS%g
s%@ESD_LINK@%$ESD_LINK%g
s%@WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@%$WX_TARGET_LIBRARY%g
s%@WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE@%$WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE%g
CEOF
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
ac_more_lines=:
ac_sed_cmds=""
while $ac_more_lines; do
if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
else
sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
fi
if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
ac_more_lines=false
rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
else
if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
else
ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
fi
ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
ac_beg=$ac_end
ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
fi
done
if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
ac_sed_cmds=cat
fi
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile
src/Makefile
src/ogl/Makefile
src/mmedia/Makefile
src/stc/Makefile
samples/Makefile
samples/mmedia/Makefile
samples/stc/Makefile
"}
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
case "$ac_file" in
*:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
*) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
esac
# Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
# Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
# The file is in a subdirectory.
test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
# A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
else
ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
fi
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) srcdir=.
if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
/*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) # Relative path.
srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
echo creating "$ac_file"
rm -f "$ac_file"
configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
case "$ac_file" in
*Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
# $configure_input" ;;
*) ac_comsub= ;;
esac
ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
sed -e "$ac_comsub
s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
fi; done
rm -f conftest.s*
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
exit 0
EOF
chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1

View File

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
AC_REVISION($Id$)dnl
AC_INIT(Makefile.in)
dnl ---------------
dnl MMedia specific
dnl ---------------
dnl Check for ESD
ESD_LINK=
AC_CHECK_HEADER(esd.h, [
AC_CHECK_LIB(esd, esd_close, [
ESD_LINK="-lesd"
])
])
if test "$ESD_LINK" != "" ; then
echo "ESound detected"
fi
dnl -----------
dnl Final subst
PATH_IFS=$wx_cv_path_ifs
WX_TARGET_LIBRARY=$wx_cv_target_library
WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE=$wx_cv_target_libtype
AC_SUBST(PATH_IFS)
AC_SUBST(ESD_LINK)
AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY)
AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE)
dnl -----------
dnl File output
AC_OUTPUT([
Makefile
src/Makefile
src/ogl/Makefile
src/mmedia/Makefile
src/stc/Makefile
samples/Makefile
samples/mmedia/Makefile
samples/stc/Makefile
])

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 225 B

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 1.2 KiB

View File

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
These are the known bugs.
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
\item No bugs
\end{itemize}

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 138 B

View File

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
%
\section{\class{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudio}
\wxheading{Derived from}
wxObject
\wxheading{Data structures}
{\small
\begin{verbatim}
typedef struct wxCDtime {
wxUint8 track
};
\end{verbatim}
}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus
\end{verbatim}}

View File

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdunix.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:10
%
\section{\class{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinux}
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::wxCDAudioLinux}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxwxcdaudiolinux}
\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\void}
\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Play}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxplay}
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxpause}
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxresume}
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgetstatus}
\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettime}
\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettoc}
\func{CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxok}
\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::OpenDevice}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxopendevice}
\func{void}{OpenDevice}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}

View File

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:15
%
\section{\class{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowin}
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
\wxheading{Data structures}
{\small
\begin{verbatim}
typedef struct CDAW\_Internal {
MCIDEVICEID dev\_id
};
\end{verbatim}
}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::wxCDAudioWin}\label{wxcdaudiowinwxcdaudiowin}
\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\void}
\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowindtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Play}\label{wxcdaudiowinplay}
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiowinpause}
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiowinresume}
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiowingetstatus}
\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiowingettime}
\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiowingettoc}
\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiowinok}
\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::PrepareToc}\label{wxcdaudiowinpreparetoc}
\func{void}{PrepareToc}{\void}

View File

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
%
\section{\class{CDtoc}}\label{cdtoc}
Table of contents manager
\wxheading{Derived from}
No base class
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{CDtoc::CDtoc}\label{cdtoccdtoc}
\func{}{CDtoc}{\param{wxCDtime\& }{tot\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_pos}}
\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackTime}\label{cdtocgettracktime}
\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackTime}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
Returns the length of the specified track
track: track to get length
\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackPos}\label{cdtocgettrackpos}
\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackPos}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
Returns the position of the specified track
track: track to get position
\membersection{CDtoc::GetTotalTime}\label{cdtocgettotaltime}
\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTotalTime}{\void}
Returns the total time
\membersection{wxCDAudio::wxCDAudio}\label{wxcdaudiowxcdaudio}
\func{}{wxCDAudio}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudio::\destruct{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudiodtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudio}}{\void}
\membersection{wxCDAudio::Play}\label{wxcdaudioplay}
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_play}}
Play audio at the specified position
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}}
Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
\func{bool}{Play}{\param{wxUint8 }{beg\_track}, \param{wxUint8 }{end\_track = 0}}
\membersection{wxCDAudio::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiopause}
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
Pause the audio playing
\membersection{wxCDAudio::Resume}\label{wxcdaudioresume}
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
Resume a paused audio playing
\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiogetstatus}
\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
Get the current CD status
\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiogettime}
\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
Get the current playing time
\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiogettoc}
\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
Returns the table of contents
\membersection{wxCDAudio::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiook}
\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
CD ok

View File

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
\chapter{Change log}
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}

View File

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
\chapter{Class reference}\label{classref}
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
These are the main Mmedia classes.
\input cdaudio.tex
\input cdaudlnx.tex
\input cdaudwin.tex
\input cdtoc.tex
\input sndbase.tex
\input sndfile.tex
\input sndfrmt.tex

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 231 B

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 164 B

View File

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
\chapter{Introduction}
\pagenumbering{arabic}%
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
The MMedia wxWindows extension is a wxWindows library which provides you
a full set of multimedia classes including sound recording/playing,
cd audio playing and video playing. The API is portable and can be used
on any supported systems with the insurance the behaviour will be the
same.
\section{File structure}
These are the files that comprise the mmedia library.
\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
\item[sndbase.h] Header for wxSoundStream base class and wxSoundFormat base class.
\item[sndbase.cpp] Basic objects implementation.
\item[sndfile.h] wxSoundFileStream base class header.
\item[sndfile.cpp] wxSoundFileStream base class implementation.
\item[sndpcm.h] wxSoundFormatPcm class header.
\item[sndpcm.cpp] wxSoundFormatPcm class implementation.
\item[sndcpcm.h] wxSoundCodecPcm class header (PCM converter).
\item[sndcpcm.cpp] wxSoundCodecPcm class implementation (PCM converter).
\item[sndulaw.h]
\item[sndulaw.cpp]
\item[sndg72x.h]
\item[sndg72x.cpp]
\item[sndoss.h]
\item[sndoss.cpp]
\item[sndesd.h]
\item[sndesd.cpp]
\item[sndwin.h]
\item[sndwin.cpp]
\item[cdbase.h]
\item[cdbase.cpp]
\item[cdunix.h]
\item[cdunix.cpp]
\item[cdwin.h]
\item[cdwin.cpp]
\item[vidbase.h]
\item[vidbase.cpp]
\item[vidxanm.h]
\item[vidxanm.cpp]
\item[vidwin.h]
\item[vidwin.cpp]
\end{description}

View File

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyheadings]{report}
\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
\input psbox.tex
\parindent 0pt
\parskip 11pt
\title{MMedia for wxWindows}
\author{Guilhem Lavaux}
\date{March 2000}
\makeindex
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\pagestyle{fancyplain}
\bibliographystyle{plain}
\pagenumbering{roman}
\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
\tableofcontents%
\input{intro.tex}
%
\input{sample.tex}
%
\input{classes.tex}
%
\input{topics.tex}
%
\input{bugs.tex}
%
\input{changes.tex}
%
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
\printindex
\end{document}

View File

@@ -1,520 +0,0 @@
%
% %%%%%%% %%%%% %%%%%% %%%%% % %
% % % % % % % % % %
% % % % % % % % % %
% %%%%%%% %%%%% %%%%%% % % %
% % % % % % % % %
% % % % % % % % %
% % %%%%%% %%%%%% %%%%% % %
%
% By Jean Orloff
% Comments & suggestions by e-mail: ORLOFF@surya11.cern.ch
% No modification of this file allowed if not e-sent to me.
%
% A simple way to measure the size of encapsulated postscript figures
% from inside TeX, and to use it for automatically formatting texts
% with inserted figures. Works both under Plain TeX-based macros
% (Phyzzx, Harvmac, Psizzl, ...) and LaTeX environment.
% Provides exactly the same result on any PostScript printer provided
% the single instruction \psfor... is changed to fit the needs of the
% particular dvi->ps translator used.
% History:
% 1.31: adds \psforDVIALW(?)
% 1.30: adds \splitfile & \joinfiles for multi-file management
% 1.24: fix error handling & add \psonlyboxes
% 1.23: adds \putsp@ce for OzTeX fix
% 1.22: makes \drawingBox \global for use in Phyzzx
% 1.21: accepts %%BoundingBox: (atend)
% 1.20: tries to add \psfordvitps for the TeXPS package.
% 1.10: adds \psforoztex, error handling...
%2345678 1 2345678 2 2345678 3 2345678 4 2345678 5 2345678 6 2345678 7 23456789
%
\def\temp{1.31}
\let\tempp=\relax
\expandafter\ifx\csname psboxversion\endcsname\relax
\message{version: \temp}
\else
\ifdim\temp cm>\psboxversion cm
\message{version: \temp}
\else
\message{psbox(\psboxversion) is already loaded: I won't load
psbox(\temp)!}
\let\temp=\psboxversion
\let\tempp=\endinput
\fi
\fi
\tempp
\let\psboxversion=\temp
\catcode`\@=11
% Every macro likes a little privacy...
%
% Some common defs
%
\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
\def\executeinspecs#1{%
\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
%
%Trying to tame the variety of \special commands for Postscript: the
% universal internal command \PSspeci@l##1##2 takes ##1 to be the
% filename and ##2 to be the integer scale factor*1000 (as for usual
% TeX \scale commands)
%
\def\psfortextures{% For TeXtures on the Macintosh
%-----------------
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
\special{illustration ##1\space scaled ##2}%
}}
%
\def\psfordvitops{% For the DVItoPS converter on IBM mainframes
%----------------
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
\special{dvitops: import ##1\space \the\drawingwd \the\drawinght}%
}}
%
\def\psfordvips{% For DVIPS converter on VAX, UNIX and PC's
%--------------
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
% \special{/@scaleunit 1000 def}% never read dox without trying!
\d@my=0.1bp \d@mx=\drawingwd \divide\d@mx by\d@my%
\special{PSfile=##1\space llx=\psllx\space lly=\pslly\space%
urx=\psurx\space ury=\psury\space rwi=\number\d@mx}%
}}
%
\def\psforoztex{% For the OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
%--------------
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
\special{##1 \space
##2 1000 div dup scale
\putsp@ce{\number-\psllx} \putsp@ce{\number-\pslly} translate
}%
}}
\def\putsp@ce#1{#1 }
%
\def\psfordvitps{% From the UNIX TeXPS package, vers.>3.12
%---------------
% Convert a dimension into the number \psn@sp (in scaled points)
\def\psdimt@n@sp##1{\d@mx=##1\relax\edef\psn@sp{\number\d@mx}}
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
% psfig.psr contains the def of "startTexFig": if you can locate it
% and include the correct pathname, it should work
\special{dvitps: Include0 "psfig.psr"}% contains def of "startTexFig"
\psdimt@n@sp{\drawingwd}
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
\psdimt@n@sp{\drawinght}
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
\psdimt@n@sp{\psllx bp}
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
\psdimt@n@sp{\pslly bp}
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
\psdimt@n@sp{\psurx bp}
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
\psdimt@n@sp{\psury bp}
\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space startTexFig\space"}
\special{dvitps: Include1 "##1"}
\special{dvitps: Literal "endTexFig\space"}
}}
\def\psforDVIALW{% Try for dvialw, a UNIX public domain
%---------------
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{
\special{language "PS"
literal "##2 1000 div dup scale"
include "##1"}}}
\def\psonlyboxes{% Draft-like behaviour if none of the others works
%---------------
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
{\vss
\hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1)}}\hss}
}}}
}%
}
%
\def\psloc@lerr#1{%
\let\savedPSspeci@l=\PSspeci@l%
\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
{\vss
\hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1) #1}}\hss}
}}}
\let\PSspeci@l=\savedPSspeci@l% restore normal output for other figs!
}%
}
%
%\def\psfor... add your own!
%
% \ReadPSize{PSfilename} reads the dimensions of a PostScript drawing
% and stores it in \drawinght(wd)
\newread\pst@mpin
\newdimen\drawinght\newdimen\drawingwd
\newdimen\psxoffset\newdimen\psyoffset
\newbox\drawingBox
\newif\ifNotB@undingBox
\newhelp\PShelp{Proceed: you'll have a 5cm square blank box instead of
your graphics (Jean Orloff).}
\def\@mpty{}
\def\s@tsize#1 #2 #3 #4\@ndsize{
\def\psllx{#1}\def\pslly{#2}%
\def\psurx{#3}\def\psury{#4}% needed by a crazyness of dvips!
\ifx\psurx\@mpty\NotB@undingBoxtrue% this is not a valid one!
\else
\drawinght=#4bp\advance\drawinght by-#2bp
\drawingwd=#3bp\advance\drawingwd by-#1bp
% !Units related by crazy factors as bp/pt=72.27/72 should be BANNED!
\fi
}
\def\sc@nline#1:#2\@ndline{\edef\p@rameter{#1}\edef\v@lue{#2}}
\def\g@bblefirstblank#1#2:{\ifx#1 \else#1\fi#2}
\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
\def\execute#1{#1}% Seems stupid, but cs are identified BEFORE execution
{\catcode`\%=12
\xdef\B@undingBox{%%BoundingBox}
} %% is not a true comment in PostScript, even if % is!
\def\ReadPSize#1{
\edef\PSfilename{#1}
\openin\pst@mpin=#1\relax
\ifeof\pst@mpin \errhelp=\PShelp
\errmessage{I haven't found your postscript file (\PSfilename)}
\psloc@lerr{was not found}
\s@tsize 0 0 142 142\@ndsize
\closein\pst@mpin
\else
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
\loop
\executeinspecs{\catcode`\ =10\global\read\pst@mpin to\n@xtline}
\ifeof\pst@mpin
\errhelp=\PShelp
\errmessage{(\PSfilename) is not an Encapsulated PostScript File:
I could not find any \B@undingBox: line.}
\edef\v@lue{0 0 142 142:}
\psloc@lerr{is not an EPSFile}
\NotB@undingBoxfalse
\else
\expandafter\sc@nline\n@xtline:\@ndline
\ifx\p@rameter\B@undingBox\NotB@undingBoxfalse
\edef\t@mp{%
\expandafter\g@bblefirstblank\v@lue\space\space\space}
\expandafter\s@tsize\t@mp\@ndsize
\else\NotB@undingBoxtrue
\fi
\fi
\ifNotB@undingBox\repeat
\closein\pst@mpin
\fi
\message{#1}
}
%
% \psboxto(xdim;ydim){psfilename}: you specify the dimensions and
% TeX uniformly scales to fit the largest one. If xdim=0pt, the
% scale is fully determined by ydim and vice versa.
% Notice: psboxes are a real vboxes; couldn't take hbox otherwise all
% indentation and all cr's would be interpreted as spaces (hugh!).
%
\newcount\xscale \newcount\yscale \newdimen\pscm\pscm=1cm
\newdimen\d@mx \newdimen\d@my
\let\ps@nnotation=\relax
\def\psboxto(#1;#2)#3{\vbox{
\ReadPSize{#3}
\divide\drawingwd by 1000
\divide\drawinght by 1000
\d@mx=#1
\ifdim\d@mx=0pt\xscale=1000
\else \xscale=\d@mx \divide \xscale by \drawingwd\fi
\d@my=#2
\ifdim\d@my=0pt\yscale=1000
\else \yscale=\d@my \divide \yscale by \drawinght\fi
\ifnum\yscale=1000
\else\ifnum\xscale=1000\xscale=\yscale
\else\ifnum\yscale<\xscale\xscale=\yscale\fi
\fi
\fi
\divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
\divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
\global\divide\pscm by 1000
\global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
\multiply\drawingwd by\xscale \multiply\drawinght by\xscale
\ifdim\d@mx=0pt\d@mx=\drawingwd\fi
\ifdim\d@my=0pt\d@my=\drawinght\fi
\message{scaled \the\xscale}
\hbox to\d@mx{\hss\vbox to\d@my{\vss
\global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
\kern-\psyoffset
\PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
\vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
\global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
\global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
\baselineskip=0pt
\copy\drawingBox
\vss}\hss}
\global\psxoffset=0pt
\global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
\global\pscm=1cm
\global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
\global\drawinght=\drawinght
}}
%
% \psboxscaled{scalefactor*1000}{PSfilename} allows to bypass the
% rounding errors of TeX integer divisions for situations where the
% TeX box should fit the original BoundingBox with a precision better
% than 1/1000.
%
\def\psboxscaled#1#2{\vbox{
\ReadPSize{#2}
\xscale=#1
\message{scaled \the\xscale}
\divide\drawingwd by 1000\multiply\drawingwd by\xscale
\divide\drawinght by 1000\multiply\drawinght by\xscale
\divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
\divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
\global\divide\pscm by 1000
\global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
\global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
\kern-\psyoffset
\PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
\vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
\global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
\global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
\baselineskip=0pt
\copy\drawingBox
\global\psxoffset=0pt
\global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
\global\pscm=1cm
\global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
\global\drawinght=\drawinght
}}
%
% \psbox{PSfilename} makes a TeX box having the minimal size to
% enclose the picture
\def\psbox#1{\psboxscaled{1000}{#1}}
%
%
% \joinfiles file1, file2, ...n \into joinedfilename .
% makes one file out of many
% \splitfile joinedfilename
% the opposite
%
%\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
%\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
%\def\executeinspecs#1{%
%\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
%\newread\pst@mpin
\newif\ifn@teof\n@teoftrue
\newif\ifc@ntrolline
\newif\ifmatch
\newread\j@insplitin
\newwrite\j@insplitout
\newwrite\psbj@inaux
\immediate\openout\psbj@inaux=psbjoin.aux
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\joinfiles}
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\jobname,}
%
% We redefine input to keep track of the various files inputted
%
\immediate\let\oldinput=\input
\def\input#1 {
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
\oldinput #1 }
\def\empty{}
\def\setmatchif#1\contains#2{
\def\match##1#2##2\endmatch{
\def\tmp{##2}
\ifx\empty\tmp
\matchfalse
\else
\matchtrue
\fi}
\match#1#2\endmatch}
\def\warnopenout#1#2{
\setmatchif{TrashMe,psbjoin.aux,psbjoin.all}\contains{#2}
\ifmatch
\else
\immediate\openin\pst@mpin=#2
\ifeof\pst@mpin
\else
\errhelp{If the content of this file is so precious to you, abort (ie
press x or e) and rename it before retrying.}
\errmessage{I'm just about to replace your file named #2}
\fi
\immediate\closein\pst@mpin
\fi
\message{#2}
\immediate\openout#1=#2}
% No comments allowed below: % will have an unusual catcode
{
\catcode`\%=12
\gdef\splitfile#1 {
\immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
\message{Splitting file #1 into:}
\warnopenout\j@insplitout{TrashMe}
\loop
\ifeof
\j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
\else
\n@teoftrue
\executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\spl@tinline\expandafter
\ch@ckbeginnewfile\spl@tinline%Beginning-Of-File-Named:%\endcheck}
\ifc@ntrolline
\else
\toks0=\expandafter{\spl@tinline}
\immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
\fi
\fi
\ifn@teof\repeat
\immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
\gdef\ch@ckbeginnewfile#1%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#2%#3\endcheck{
\def\t@mp{#1}
\ifx\empty\t@mp
\def\t@mp{#3}
\ifx\empty\t@mp
\global\c@ntrollinefalse
\else
\immediate\closeout\j@insplitout
\warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
\global\c@ntrollinetrue
\fi
\else
\global\c@ntrollinefalse
\fi}
\gdef\joinfiles#1\into#2 {
\message{Joining following files into}
\warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
\message{:}
{
\edef\w@##1{\immediate\write\j@insplitout{##1}}
\w@{% This text was produced with psbox's \string\joinfiles.}
\w@{% To decompose and tex it:}
\w@{%-save this with a filename CONTAINING ONLY LETTERS, and no extensions}
\w@{% (say, JOINTFIL), in some uncrowded directory;}
\w@{%-make sure you can \string\input\space psbox.tex (version>=1.3);}
\w@{%-tex JOINTFIL using Plain, or LaTeX, or whatever is needed by}
\w@{% the first part in the joining (after splitting JOINTFIL into}
\w@{% it's constituents, TeX will try to process it as it stands).}
\w@{\string\input\space psbox.tex}
\w@{\string\splitfile{\string\jobname}}
}
\tre@tfilelist#1, \endtre@t
\immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
\gdef\tre@tfilelist#1, #2\endtre@t{
\def\t@mp{#1}
\ifx\empty\t@mp
\else
\llj@in{#1}
\tre@tfilelist#2, \endtre@t
\fi}
\gdef\llj@in#1{
\immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
\ifeof\j@insplitin
\errmessage{I couldn't find file #1.}
\else
\message{#1}
\toks0={%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#1}
\immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
\executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\oldj@ininline}
\loop
\ifeof\j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
\else\n@teoftrue
\executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\j@ininline}
\toks0=\expandafter{\oldj@ininline}
\let\oldj@ininline=\j@ininline
\immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
\fi
\ifn@teof
\repeat
\immediate\closein\j@insplitin
\fi}
}
% To be put at the end of a file, for making an tar-like file containing
% everything it used.
\def\autojoin{
\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\into\space psbjoin.all}
\immediate\closeout\psbj@inaux
\input psbjoin.aux
}
%
% Annotations & Captions etc...
%
%
% \centinsert{anybox} is just a centered \midinsert, but is included as
% people barely use the original inserts from TeX.
%
\def\centinsert#1{\midinsert\line{\hss#1\hss}\endinsert}
\def\psannotate#1#2{\def\ps@nnotation{#2\global\let\ps@nnotation=\relax}#1}
\def\pscaption#1#2{\vbox{
\setbox\drawingBox=#1
\copy\drawingBox
\vskip\baselineskip
\vbox{\hsize=\wd\drawingBox\setbox0=\hbox{#2}
\ifdim\wd0>\hsize
\noindent\unhbox0\tolerance=5000
\else\centerline{\box0}
\fi
}}}
% for compatibility with older versions
\def\psfig#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{#1}{#2}}{#3}}
\def\psfigurebox#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{\psbox{#1}}{#2}}{#3}}
%
% \at(#1;#2)#3 puts #3 at #1-higher and #2-right of the current
% position without moving it (to be used in annotations).
\def\at(#1;#2)#3{\setbox0=\hbox{#3}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt
\rlap{\kern#1\vbox to0pt{\kern-#2\box0\vss}}}
%
% \gridfill(ht;wd) makes a 1cm*1cm grid of ht by wd whose lower-left
% corner is the current point
\newdimen\gridht \newdimen\gridwd
\def\gridfill(#1;#2){
\setbox0=\hbox to 1\pscm
{\vrule height1\pscm width.4pt\leaders\hrule\hfill}
\gridht=#1
\divide\gridht by \ht0
\multiply\gridht by \ht0
\gridwd=#2
\divide\gridwd by \wd0
\multiply\gridwd by \wd0
\advance \gridwd by \wd0
\vbox to \gridht{\leaders\hbox to\gridwd{\leaders\box0\hfill}\vfill}}
%
% Useful to measure where to put annotations
\def\fillinggrid{\at(0cm;0cm){\vbox{
\gridfill(\drawinght;\drawingwd)}}}
%
% \textleftof\anybox: Sample text\endtext
% inserts "Sample text" on the left of \anybox ie \vbox, \psbox.
% \textrightof is the symmetric (not documented, too uggly)
% Welcome any suggestion about clean wraparound macros from
% TeXhackers reading this
%
\def\textleftof#1:{
\setbox1=#1
\setbox0=\vbox\bgroup
\advance\hsize by -\wd1 \advance\hsize by -2em}
\def\textrightof#1:{
\setbox0=#1
\setbox1=\vbox\bgroup
\advance\hsize by -\wd0 \advance\hsize by -2em}
\def\endtext{
\egroup
\hbox to \hsize{\valign{\vfil##\vfil\cr%
\box0\cr%
\noalign{\hss}\box1\cr}}}
%
% \frameit{\thick}{\skip}{\anybox}
% draws with thickness \thick a box around \anybox, leaving \skip of
% blank around it. eg \frameit{0.5pt}{1pt}{\hbox{hello}}
% \boxit{\anybox} is a shortcut.
\def\frameit#1#2#3{\hbox{\vrule width#1\vbox{
\hrule height#1\vskip#2\hbox{\hskip#2\vbox{#3}\hskip#2}%
\vskip#2\hrule height#1}\vrule width#1}}
\def\boxit#1{\frameit{0.4pt}{0pt}{#1}}
%
%
\catcode`\@=12 % cs containing @ are unreachable
%
% CUSTOMIZE YOUR DEFAULT DRIVER:
% Uncomment the line corresponding to your TeX system:
%\psfortextures% For TeXtures on the Macintosh
%\psforoztex % For OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
%\psfordvitops % For the DVItoPS converter for TeX on IBM mainframes
\psfordvips % For DVIPS converter on VAX and UNIX
%\psfordvitps % For dvitps from TeXPS package under UNIX
%\psforDVIALW % For DVIALW, UNIX public domain
%\psonlyboxes % Blank Boxes (when all else fails).

View File

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
\chapter{MMboard: a sample MMedia application}\label{mmboard}%
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
To be written.

View File

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndaiff.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:29
%
\section{\class{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiff}
AIFF codec
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::wxSoundAiff}\label{wxsoundaiffwxsoundaiff}
\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiffdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::CanRead}\label{wxsoundaiffcanread}
\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundaiffgetcodecname}
\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetoplay}
\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetorecord}
\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundaifffinishrecording}
\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundaiffrepositionstream}
\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetData}\label{wxsoundaiffgetdata}
\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PutData}\label{wxsoundaiffputdata}
\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}

View File

@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Name: sndbase.tex
%% Purpose: wxMMedia docs
%% Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
%% Modified by:
%% Created: 2000
%% RCS-ID: $Id$
%% Copyright: (c) wxWindows team
%% Licence: wxWindows licence
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\section{\class{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstream}
Base class for sound streams
\wxheading{Derived from}
No base class
\wxheading{Include files}
<wx/mmedia/sndbase.h>
\wxheading{Data structures}
%%
%% wxSoundStream errors
%%
\wxheading{wxSoundStream errors}
\twocolwidtha{7cm}
\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOERR}}{No error occured}
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_IOERR}}{An input/output error occured, it may concern
either a driver or a file}
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVFRMT}}{The sound format passed to the function is
invalid. Generally, it means that you passed out of range values to the codec
stream or you don't pass the right sound format object to the right sound codec
stream.}
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVDEV}}{Invalid device. Generally, it means that the
sound stream didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid parameter
or to the fact that sound is not supported on this computer.}
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOEXACT}}{No exact matching sound codec has been found for
this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't manage to setup the sound
card with the specified values.}
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOCODEC}}{No matching codec has been found. Generally, it
may happen when you call wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().}
\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_MEMERR}}{Not enough memory.}
\end{twocollist}
%%
%% C callback
%%
\wxheading{C callback for wxSound event}
When a sound event is generated, it may either call the internal sound event
processor (which can be inherited) or call a C function. Its definition is:
\begin{verbatim}
typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
void *cdata);
\end{verbatim}
The {\bf stream} parameter represents the current wxSoundStream.
The {\bf evt} parameter represents the sound event which is the cause of the calling. (See \helpref{wxSound events}{wxsoundstream}).
The {\bf cdata} parameter represents the user callback data which were specified
when the user called \helpref{wxSoundStream::Register}{wxsoundstreamregister}.
{\it Note:} There are two other ways to catch sound events: you can inherit the
sound stream and redefine \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}, or you can reroute the events to another sound stream using \helpref{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}.
%%
%% wxSoundStream streaming mode
%%
\wxheading{wxSound streaming mode}
The wxSoundStream object can work in three different modes. These modes are specified
at the call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}{wxsoundstreamstartproduction}
and cannot be changed until you call
\helpref{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}.
The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} mode is the recording mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT}
events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Write().
The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} mode is the playing mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT}
events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Read().
The {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX} mode activates the full duplex mode. The full duplex requires
you to make synchronous call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::Read}{wxsoundstreamread} and
\helpref{wxSoundStream::Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite}. This means that you must be
careful with realtime problems. Each time you call Read you must call Write.
%%
%% wxSoundStream events
%%
\wxheading{wxSoundStream events}
The sound events are generated when the sound driver (or the sound stream) completes
a previous sound buffer. There are two possible sound events and two meanings.
The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has a new input
buffer ready to be read. You know that you can read a buffer of the size
\helpref{GetBestSize()}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize} without blocking.
The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has completed a
previous buffer. This buffer has been sent to the sound driver and it is ready to
process a new buffer. Consequently, \helpref{Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite} will not
block too.
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
%% Ctor && Dtor
\membersection{wxSoundStream::wxSoundStream}\label{wxsoundstreamwxsoundstream}
\func{}{wxSoundStream}{\void}
Default constructor.
\membersection{wxSoundStream::\destruct{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstreamdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStream}}{\void}
Destructor. The destructor stops automatically all started production and destroys
any temporary buffer.
%%
%% Read
%%
\membersection{wxSoundStream::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamread}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
Reads {\it len} bytes from the sound stream. This call may block the user so
use it carefully when you need to intensively refresh the GUI. You may be
interested by sound events: see \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}.
It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
sound event system.
\wxheading{Parameters}
\docparam{len}{{\it len} is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
\docparam{data}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound
stream. The format is specified with
\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
%%
%% Write
%%
\membersection{wxSoundStream::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwrite}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
Writes \it{len} bytes to the sound stream. This call may block the user so
use it carefully. You may be interested by sound events: see
\helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}.
It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
sound event system.
\wxheading{Parameters}
\docparam{len}{This is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
\docparam{buffer}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound
stream. The format is specified with
\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
%%
%% GetBestSize
%%
\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
This function returns the best size for IO calls. The best size provides you
a good alignment for data to be written (or read) to (or from) the sound stream.
So, when, for example, a sound event is sent, you are sure the sound stream
will not block for this buffer size.
%%
%% wxSoundStream:SetSoundFormat
%%
\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
SetSoundFormat is one of the key function of the wxSoundStream object.
It specifies the sound format the user needs. SetSoundFormat tries to
apply the format to the current sound stream (it can be a sound file or a
sound driver). Then, either it manages to apply it and it returns {\bf TRUE},
or it could not and it returns {\bf FALSE}. In this case, you must check
the error with
\helpref{wxSoundStream::GetError}{wxsoundstreamgeterror}. See
\helpref{wxSoundStream errors section}{wxsoundstream} for more details.
\wxheading{Note}
The {\bf format} object can be destroyed after the call. The object does not need it.
\wxheading{Note}
If the error is {\bf wxSOUND\_NOTEXACT}, the stream tries to find the best
approaching format and setups it. You can check the format which it applied
with \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.
%%
%% GetSoundFormat
%%
\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase\&}{GetSoundFormat}{\void}
It returns a reference to the current sound format of the stream represented by a
wxSoundFormatBase object. This object {\it must not} be destroyed by anyone except
the stream itself.
%%
%% SetCallback
%%
\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetCallback}\label{wxsoundstreamregister}
\func{void}{Register}{\param{int }{evt}, \param{wxSoundCallback }{cbk}, \param{void* }{cdata}}
It installs a C callback for wxSoundStream events. The C callbacks are still
useful to avoid hard inheritance. You can install only one callback per event.
Each callback has its callback data.
%%
%% StartProduction
%%
\membersection{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstartproduction}
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
StartProduction starts the sound streaming. {\it evt} may be one of
{\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT}, {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} or {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX}.
You cannot specify several flags at the same time. Starting the production
may automaticaly in position of buffer underrun (only in the case you activated
recording). Actually this may happen the sound IO queue is too short.
It is also advised that you fill quickly enough the sound IO queue when the
driver requests it (through a wxSoundEvent).
\membersection{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
I stops the async notifier and the sound streaming straightly.
\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}\label{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}
\func{void}{SetEventHandler}{\param{wxSoundStream* }{handler}}
Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetError}\label{wxsoundstreamgeterror}
\constfunc{wxSoundError}{GetError}{\void}
It returns the last error which occured.
\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetLastAccess}\label{wxsoundstreamgetlastaccess}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetLastAccess}{\void}
It returns the number of bytes which were effectively written to/read from the sound stream.
\membersection{wxSoundStream::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamqueuefilled}
\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
It returns whether the sound IO queue is full. When it is full, the next IO call will block
until the IO queue has at least one empty entry.
\membersection{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}\label{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}
\func{void}{OnSoundEvent}{\param{int }{evt}}
It is called by the wxSoundStream when a new sound event occured.

View File

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcodec.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:29
%
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodec}
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::wxSoundStreamCodec}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecwxsoundstreamcodec}
\func{}{wxSoundStreamCodec}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{snd\_io}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstartproduction}
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstopproduction}
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecgetbestsize}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}

View File

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndesd.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:56
%
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesd}
ESD output class
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::wxSoundStreamESD}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwxsoundstreamesd}
\func{}{wxSoundStreamESD}{\param{const wxString\& }{hostname = "localhost"}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesddtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamesdread}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwrite}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamesdsetsoundformat}
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstartproduction}
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstopproduction}
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwakeupevt}
\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
You should not call this.
\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamesdqueuefilled}
\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}

View File

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
%
\section{\class{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72x}
G72X format
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
\wxheading{Data structures}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef enum {
wxSOUND\_G721,
wxSOUND\_G723\_24,
wxSOUND\_G723\_40
} wxSoundG72XType
\end{verbatim}}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef struct g72x\_state g72state
\end{verbatim}}
This fixes a bug in Mingw95
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::wxSoundFormatG72X}\label{wxsoundformatg72xwxsoundformatg72x}
\func{}{wxSoundFormatG72X}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72xdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetg72xtype}
\func{void}{SetG72XType}{\param{wxSoundG72XType }{type}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetg72xtype}
\constfunc{wxSoundG72XType}{GetG72XType}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetsamplerate}
\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetsamplerate}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettype}
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatg72xclone}
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettimefrombytes}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetbytesfromtime}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatg72xoperatorneq}
\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}

View File

@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Name: sndfile.tex
%% Purpose: wxMMedia docs
%% Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
%% Modified by:
%% Created: 2000
%% RCS-ID: $Id$
%% Copyright: (c) wxWindows team
%% Licence: wxWindows licence
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\section{\class{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestream}
Base class for file coders/decoders. This class is not constructor (it is an abstract
class).
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
\wxheading{Include file}
wx/sndfile.h
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::wxSoundFileStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwxsoundfilestream}
\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
It constructs a new file decoder object which will send
audio data to the specified sound stream.
The {\it stream} is the input stream to be decoded. The
{\it io\_sound} is the destination sound stream.
Once it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
You will have access to the playback functions.
\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
It constructs a new file coder object which will get
data to be recorded from the specified sound stream.
The {\it stream} is the output wxStream. The {\it io\_sound}
is the source sound stream of the audio data. Once
it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestreamdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}{\void}
It destroys the current sound file codec.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Play}\label{wxsoundfilestreamplay}
\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
It starts playing the file. The playing begins, in background
in nearly all cases, after the return of the function. The
codec returns to a {\bf stopped} state when it reaches the
end of the file.
On success, it returns TRUE.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Record}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrecord}
\func{bool}{Record}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
It starts recording data from the sound stream and writing them
to the output stream. You have to precise the recording length in
parameter. This length is expressed in seconds. If you want to
control the record length (using \helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop}),
you can set it to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
On success, it returns TRUE.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Stop}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstop}
\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
It stops either recording or playing. Whatever happens (even unexpected
errors), the stream is stopped when the function returns. When you are
in recording mode, the file headers are updated and flushed if possible
(ie: if the output stream is seekable).
On success, it returns TRUE.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Pause}\label{wxsoundfilestreampause}
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
The file codec tries to pause the stream: it means that it stops audio
production but keep the file pointer at the place.
If the file codec is already paused, it returns FALSE.
On success, it returns TREE.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Resume}\label{wxsoundfilestreamresume}
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
When the file codec has been paused using
\helpref{Pause}{wxsoundfilestreampause}, you could be interrested in
resuming it. This is the goal of this function.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsStopped}\label{wxsoundfilestreamisstopped}
\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
It returns TRUE when the stream is stopped, in another case it returns
FALSE.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsPaused}\label{wxsoundfilestreamispaused}
\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
It returns TRUE when the stream is paused, in another case it returns
FALSE.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstartproduction}
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
It is really not advised you call this function. From the wxSoundFileStream
point of view it is an internal function. Internally, it is called after
the file stream has been prepared to be played or to receive audio data and
when it wants to start processing audio data.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
As for \helpref{StartProduction}{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}, it is not
advised for you to call this function. It is called by
\helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop} when it needs to stop the audio data
processing.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetLength}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetlength}
\func{wxUint32}{GetLength}{\void}
It returns the audio data length of the file stream. This length is expressed
in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetposition}
\func{wxUint32}{GetPosition}{\void}
It returns the current position in the soundfile stream. The position
is expressed in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetposition}
\func{wxUint32}{SetPosition}{\param{wxUint32 }{new\_position}}
It sets the current in the soundfile stream. The position
{\it new\_position} must be expressed in bytes. You can get
a length/position in bytes from a time value using
\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
On success, it returns TRUE.
\wxheading{Warning}
Some wxStream may not be capable to support this function as
it may not support the seekable functionnality. If this happens,
it returns FALSE and leave the stream at the same position.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Read}\label{wxsoundfilestreamread}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
You can obtain the audio data encoded in the file using this function.
But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
may corrupt the current state of the stream.
Data are returned using in the original file coding (You must use a sound
format object to decode it).
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Write}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwrite}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
You can put encoded audio data to the file using this function.
But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
may corrupt the current state of the stream.
Data must be coded with the specified file coding (You must use a sound
format object to do this).
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetsoundformat}
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetcodecname}
\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who
want to build a player (But also in some other case).
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::CanRead}\label{wxsoundfilestreamcanread}
\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
the stream you passed to it.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetoplay}
\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
It is called by wxSoundFileStream to prepare the specific file loader
to prepare itself to play the file. Actually, this includes reading
headers and setting the various parameters of the sound format.
This should not be called by an external user but it should be
implemented when you inherit wxSoundFileStream to build a new codec.
It must return when the file is identified and the parameters have
been set. In all other cases, you must return FALSE.
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetorecord}
\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishrecording}
\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrepositionstream}
\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishPreparation}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishpreparation}
\func{void}{FinishPreparation}{\param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetdata}
\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PutData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamputdata}
\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}

View File

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:33
%
\section{\class{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcm}
PCM specification class
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::wxSoundFormatPcm}\label{wxsoundformatpcmwxsoundformatpcm}
\func{}{wxSoundFormatPcm}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate = 22500}, \param{wxUint8 }{bps = 8}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels = 2}, \param{bool }{sign = TRUE}, \param{int }{order = wxLITTLE\_ENDIAN}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcmdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetsamplerate}
\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetbps}
\func{void}{SetBPS}{\param{wxUint8 }{bps}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetchannels}
\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint16 }{nchannels}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetorder}
\func{void}{SetOrder}{\param{int }{order}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsigned}
\func{void}{Signed}{\param{bool }{sign}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsamplerate}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbps}
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetchannels}
\constfunc{wxUint16}{GetChannels}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetorder}
\constfunc{int}{GetOrder}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsigned}
\constfunc{bool}{Signed}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettype}
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatpcmclone}
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettimefrombytes}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbytesfromtime}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::operator!}\label{wxsoundformatpcmoperatornot}
\constfunc{bool}{operator!}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}

View File

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:23:29
%
\section{\class{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbase}
Base class for sound format specification
\wxheading{Derived from}
No base class
\wxheading{Data structures}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef enum {
wxSOUND\_NOFORMAT,
wxSOUND\_PCM,
wxSOUND\_ULAW,
wxSOUND\_G72X,
wxSOUND\_MSADPCM
} wxSoundFormatType
\end{verbatim}}
wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
which will be passed to the stream.
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::wxSoundFormatBase}\label{wxsoundformatbasewxsoundformatbase}
\func{}{wxSoundFormatBase}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbasedtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettype}
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
It returns a "standard" format type.
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatbaseclone}
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
It clones the current format.
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatbasegetbytesfromtime}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatbaseoperatorneq}
\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}

View File

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
%
\section{\class{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulaw}
ULAW format
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::wxSoundFormatUlaw}\label{wxsoundformatulawwxsoundformatulaw}
\func{}{wxSoundFormatUlaw}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulawdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetsamplerate}
\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetsamplerate}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetchannels}
\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint8 }{channels}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetchannels}
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettype}
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatulawclone}
\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettimefrombytes}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetbytesfromtime}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatulawoperatorneq}
\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}

View File

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
%
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72x}
ULAW converter class
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::wxSoundStreamG72X}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwxsoundstreamg72x}
\func{}{wxSoundStreamG72X}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xread}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwrite}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xsetsoundformat}
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::PutBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xputbits}
\func{void}{PutBits}{\param{wxUint8 }{bits}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::GetBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xgetbits}
\func{wxUint8}{GetBits}{\void}

View File

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndoss.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:53
%
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamoss}
OSS output class
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::wxSoundStreamOSS}\label{wxsoundstreamosswxsoundstreamoss}
\func{}{wxSoundStreamOSS}{\param{const wxString\& }{dev\_name = \_T("/dev/dsp")}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamossdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamossread}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamosswrite}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamossgetbestsize}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamosssetsoundformat}
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstartproduction}
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstopproduction}
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamossqueuefilled}
\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamosswakeupevt}
\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
You should not call this.

View File

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:35
%
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcm}
PCM converter class
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
\wxheading{Data structures}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef void (*ConverterType)(const char *buf\_in, char *buf\_out, wxUint32 len) ConverterType
\end{verbatim}}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::wxSoundStreamPcm}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwxsoundstreampcm}
\func{}{wxSoundStreamPcm}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcmdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Read}\label{wxsoundstreampcmread}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Write}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwrite}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreampcmsetsoundformat}
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}

View File

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndfile.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:42
%
\section{\class{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstream}
Codec router class
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::wxSoundRouterStream}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwxsoundrouterstream}
\func{}{wxSoundRouterStream}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::Read}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamread}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::Write}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwrite}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamsetsoundformat}
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamstartproduction}
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamstopproduction}
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamgetbestsize}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}

View File

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
%
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulaw}
ULAW converter class
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::wxSoundStreamUlaw}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwxsoundstreamulaw}
\func{}{wxSoundStreamUlaw}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulawdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamulawread}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwrite}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamulawsetsoundformat}
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamulawgetbestsize}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}

View File

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwav.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:40
%
\section{\class{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwave}
WAVE codec
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
\wxheading{Data structures}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::wxSoundWave}\label{wxsoundwavewxsoundwave}
\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::\destruct{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwavedtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundWave}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::CanRead}\label{wxsoundwavecanread}
\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundwavegetcodecname}
\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetoplay}
\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetorecord}
\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundwavefinishrecording}
\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundwaverepositionstream}
\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetData}\label{wxsoundwavegetdata}
\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::PutData}\label{wxsoundwaveputdata}
\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputpcm}
\func{bool}{HandleOutputPCM}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputG721}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputg721}
\func{bool}{HandleOutputG721}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputpcm}
\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputPCM}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputG72X}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputg72x}
\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputG72X}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}

View File

@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:51
%
\section{\class{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwin}
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
\wxheading{Data structures}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef struct \_wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal
\end{verbatim}}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef struct \_wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader
\end{verbatim}}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::wxSoundStreamWin}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwxsoundstreamwin}
\func{}{wxSoundStreamWin}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwindtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwrite}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamwinread}
\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamwinsetsoundformat}
\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{wxSoundFormatBase\& }{base}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstartproduction}
\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstopproduction}
\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamwinqueuefilled}
\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NotifyDoneBuffer}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnotifydonebuffer}
\func{void}{NotifyDoneBuffer}{\param{wxUint32 }{dev\_handle}, \param{int }{flag}}
Internal but defined as public
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamwingetbestsize}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CreateSndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwincreatesndwindow}
\func{void}{CreateSndWindow}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::DestroySndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwindestroysndwindow}
\func{void}{DestroySndWindow}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::OpenDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinopendevice}
\func{bool}{OpenDevice}{\param{int }{mode}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CloseDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclosedevice}
\func{void}{CloseDevice}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheader}
\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{AllocHeader}{\param{int }{mode}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheader}
\func{void}{FreeHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{header}, \param{int }{mode}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheaders}
\func{bool}{AllocHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheaders}
\func{void}{FreeHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::WaitFor}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwaitfor}
\func{void}{WaitFor}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AddToQueue}\label{wxsoundstreamwinaddtoqueue}
\func{bool}{AddToQueue}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::ClearHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclearheader}
\func{void}{ClearHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentOutput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentoutput}
\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentOutput}{\void}
\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentInput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentinput}
\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentInput}{\void}

View File

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
runTwice = yes
titleFontSize = 12
authorFontSize = 10
chapterFontSize = 12
sectionFontSize = 12
subsectionFontSize = 12
headerRule = yes
footerRule = yes
useHeadingStyles = yes
listItemIndent=40
generateHPJ = yes
htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
winHelpVersion = 3
winHelpContents = yes
winHelpTitle = "MMedia Manual"
truncateFilenames = yes
combineSubSections = yes
\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
\const [0] {{\bf const}}
\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
;;
;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
;;
htmlWorkshopFiles = true
htmlIndex = true
\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
%\pythonnote [1] {}

View File

@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
% LaTeX style file
% Name: texhelp.sty
% Author: Julian Smart
%
% Purpose
% -------
% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
% hypertext manuals.
% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
%
% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
% in all other formats.
%
% Julian Smart
% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
%
%
% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
%
% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
%
% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
%
% followed by a description of the class.
% Each member should follow:
%
% \membersection{wxName::Member}
%
% with a description of what this member does.
% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
%
% \func{return type}{name}{args}
% or
% \member{type}{name}
%
% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
% Function, e.g.
% e.g. to typeset
%
% void DoIt(char *string);
%
% write:
%
% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
%
\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
% e.g. to typeset
%
% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
%
% write:
%
% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
% CLIPS function
\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
% This is used for a CLIPS function name
\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
% Member: a type and a name
\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
% Class: puts in index
\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
% Void type
\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
% Typeset destructor
\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
% Typeset insert/extract operators
\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
%
% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
%
% Type text with section reference
\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
% Like footnote, but popup text.
\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
%
% Global document font size/family, help only.
\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
% Ignore in all on-line help
\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in all on-line help
\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
% Ignore in LaTeX
\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
% Only print in LaTeX
\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
% Ignore in linear RTF
\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in linear RTF
\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in WinHelp RTF
\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
% Ignore in wxHelp
\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in wxHelp
\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
% Ignore in HTML
\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in HTML
\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
% in help systems!)
\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
%
% Headings consistent with generated ones
\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
\begin{flushleft}
{\LARGE \bf #1}
\end{flushleft}
\vskip 20pt
}
% Heading with entry in contents page.
\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
% Glossary environment
\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
% Glossary entry
\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
% Image, left aligned (HTML)
\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
% Image, right aligned (HTML)
\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
% acts like \image.
\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
% Headers and footers
% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
}
% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
}
% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
% in mirrored margins mode.
\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
\twocolwidtha{3cm}
\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
\twocolspacing{2}
\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
{\end{list}}
% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
% Double-framed box of text.
\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
#2%
\end{list}}
\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
\sloppy

View File

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
\chapter{Topic overviews}\label{overviews}
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
The following sections describe particular topics.
\section{MMedia extension overview}\label{mmedoverview}
To be written.

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 137 B

View File

@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:51:56
%
\section{\class{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriver}
Classes definition
\wxheading{Derived from}
wxObject
\wxheading{Data structures}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef enum {
wxVIDEO\_MSAVI,
wxVIDEO\_MPEG,
wxVIDEO\_QT,
wxVIDEO\_GIF,
wxVIDEO\_JMOV,
wxVIDEO\_FLI,
wxVIDEO\_IFF,
wxVIDEO\_SGI,
wxVIDEO\_MPEG2
} wxVideoType
\end{verbatim}}
wxMMedia2 (video) types
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\void}
Ctors
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriverdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}{\void}
Dtor
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Play}\label{wxvideobasedriverplay}
\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Stop}\label{wxvideobasedriverstop}
\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Pause}\label{wxvideobasedriverpause}
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Resume}\label{wxvideobasedriverresume}
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::SetSize}\label{wxvideobasedriversetsize}
\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
Size management
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSize}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsize}
\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsCapable}\label{wxvideobasedriveriscapable}
\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{WXUNUSED(v\_type)}}
Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetmoviecodec}
\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
Return the video codec name
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetaudiocodec}
\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
Return the audio codec name
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsamplerate}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
Return misc info about audio
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetChannels}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetchannels}
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetBPS}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetbps}
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetframerate}
\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
Return frame rate
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetnbframes}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
Return number of frames
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::OnFinished}\label{wxvideobasedriveronfinished}
\func{void}{OnFinished}{\void}
Called when the movie finished
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverattachoutput}
\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverdetachoutput}
\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsPaused}\label{wxvideobasedriverispaused}
\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
They return the state of the movie.
\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsStopped}\label{wxvideobasedriverisstopped}
\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}

View File

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:03
%
\section{\class{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindows}
Class definition
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
\wxheading{Data structures}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef struct VIDW\_Internal {
MCIDEVICEID m\_dev\_id
};
\end{verbatim}}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::OpenFile}\label{wxvideowindowsopenfile}
\func{void}{OpenFile}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{const wxString\& }{fname}}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindowsdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Play}\label{wxvideowindowsplay}
\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Stop}\label{wxvideowindowsstop}
\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Pause}\label{wxvideowindowspause}
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Resume}\label{wxvideowindowsresume}
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSize}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsize}
\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::SetSize}\label{wxvideowindowssetsize}
\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetmoviecodec}
\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
Return codec name for each stream.
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetaudiocodec}
\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsamplerate}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
Return misc. info about audio
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetChannels}\label{wxvideowindowsgetchannels}
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetBPS}\label{wxvideowindowsgetbps}
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetframerate}
\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideowindowsgetnbframes}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
Return the total number of frames in the movie
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsCapable}\label{wxvideowindowsiscapable}
\func{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsattachoutput}
\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsdetachoutput}
\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsPaused}\label{wxvideowindowsispaused}
\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsStopped}\label{wxvideowindowsisstopped}
\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}

View File

@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
%
% automatically generated by HelpGen from
% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidxanm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:06
%
\section{\class{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanim}
Class definition
\wxheading{Derived from}
\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
\wxheading{Data structures}
{\small \begin{verbatim}
typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
Display *xanim\_dpy
\end{verbatim}}
\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanimdtor}
\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Play}\label{wxvideoxanimplay}
\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Pause}\label{wxvideoxanimpause}
\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Resume}\label{wxvideoxanimresume}
\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Stop}\label{wxvideoxanimstop}
\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetVolume}\label{wxvideoxanimsetvolume}
\func{bool}{SetVolume}{\param{wxUint8 }{vol}}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimsetsize}
\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsize}
\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetmoviecodec}
\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
Return the video codec name
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetaudiocodec}
\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
Return the audio codec name
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsamplerate}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
Return misc info about audio
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetChannels}\label{wxvideoxanimgetchannels}
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetBPS}\label{wxvideoxanimgetbps}
\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetframerate}
\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
Return frame rate
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideoxanimgetnbframes}
\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
Return number of frames in the movie
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsCapable}\label{wxvideoxanimiscapable}
\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimattachoutput}
\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimdetachoutput}
\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsPaused}\label{wxvideoxanimispaused}
\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsStopped}\label{wxvideoxanimisstopped}
\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::RestartXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimrestartxanim}
\func{bool}{RestartXANIM}{\void}
Start the subprocess with the right parameters
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SendCommand}\label{wxvideoxanimsendcommand}
\func{bool}{SendCommand}{\param{const char* }{command}, \param{char** }{ret = NULL}, \param{wxUint32* }{size = NULL}}
Send a command to the subprocess
\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::CollectInfo}\label{wxvideoxanimcollectinfo}
\func{bool}{CollectInfo}{\void}
Collect informations from XAnim

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 225 B

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 1.2 KiB

View File

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
These are the known bugs.
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
\item In the OGLEdit sample, .dia files are output double-spaced
due to an unidentified bug in the way a stream is converted to a file.
\end{itemize}

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 138 B

View File

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
\chapter{Change log}
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
Version 3.0, September 8th 1998
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
\item Version for wxWindows 2.0.
\item Various enhancements especially to wxDrawnShape
(multiple metafiles, for different orientations).
\item More ability to override functions e.g. OnSizeDragLeft, so events can be
intercepted for Do/Undo.
\end{itemize}
Version 2.0, June 1st 1996
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
\item First publicly released version.
\end{itemize}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 231 B

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 164 B

View File

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
\chapter{Introduction}
\pagenumbering{arabic}%
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
Object Graphics Library (\ogl) is a C++ library supporting the creation and
manipulation of simple and complex graphic images on a canvas.
It can be found in the directory {\tt utils/ogl/src} in the
wxWindows distribution. The file {\tt ogl.h} must be included to make use
of the library.
Please see \helpref{OGL overview}{ogloverview} for a general description how the object library works. For details,
please see the \helpref{class reference}{classref}.
\section{File structure}
These are the files that comprise the \ogl\ library.
\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
\item[basic.h] Header for basic objects such as wxShape and wxRectangleShape.
\item[basic.cpp] Basic objects implementation (1).
\item[basic2.cpp] Basic objects implementation (2).
\item[bmpshape.h] wxBitmapShape class header.
\item[bmpshape.cpp] wxBitmapShape implementation.
\item[canvas.h] wxShapeCanvas class header.
\item[canvas.cpp] wxShapeCanvas class implementation.
\item[composit.h] Composite object class header.
\item[composit.cpp] Composite object class implementation.
\item[constrnt.h] Constraint classes header.
\item[constrnt.cpp] Constraint classes implementation.
\item[divided.h] Divided object class header.
\item[divided.cpp] Divided object class implementation.
\item[drawn.h] Drawn (metafile) object class header.
\item[drawn.cpp] Drawn (metafile) object class implementation.
\item[graphics.h] Main include file.
\item[lines.h] wxLineShape class header.
\item[lines.cpp] wxLineShape class implementation.
\item[misc.h] Miscellaneous graphics functions header.
\item[misc.cpp] Miscellaneous graphics functions implementation.
\item[ogldiag.h] wxDiagram class header.
\item[ogldiag.cpp] wxDiagram implementation.
\item[mfutils.h] Metafile utilities header.
\item[mfutils.cpp] Metafile utilities implementation.
\end{description}

View File

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
[OPTIONS]
BMROOT=d:\wx2\wxwind~1\docs\latex\ogl ; Assume that bitmaps are where the source is
TITLE=OGL Manual
CONTENTS=Contents
COMPRESS=HIGH
[FILES]
ogl.rtf
[CONFIG]
CreateButton("Up", "&Up", "JumpId(`ogl.hlp', `Contents')")
BrowseButtons()
[MAP]
[BITMAPS]

View File

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyhea,mysober,mytitle]{report}
\newcommand{\ogl}[0]{{OGL}}%
\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
\input psbox.tex
\parindent 0pt
\parskip 11pt
\title{Object Graphics Library 3.0}
\author{Julian Smart}
\date{September 1998}
\makeindex
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\pagestyle{fancyplain}
\bibliographystyle{plain}
\pagenumbering{roman}
\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
\tableofcontents%
\input{intro.tex}
%
\input{sample.tex}
%
\input{classes.tex}
%
\input{topics.tex}
%
\input{bugs.tex}
%
\input{changes.tex}
%
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
\printindex
\end{document}

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 86 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7.0 KiB

View File

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
\chapter{OGLEdit: a sample OGL application}\label{ogledit}%
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
OGLEdit is a sample OGL application that allows the user to draw, edit,
save and load a few shapes. It should clarify aspects of OGL usage, and
can act as a template for similar applications. OGLEdit can be found in\rtfsp
{\tt samples/ogledit} in the OGL distribution.
$$\image{10cm;0cm}{ogledit.eps}$$\par
The wxWindows document/view model has been used in OGL, to reduce the amount of
housekeeping logic required to get it up and running. OGLEdit also provides
a demonstration of the Undo/Redo capability supported by the document/view classes,
and how a typical application might implement this feature.
\section{OGLEdit files}
OGLEdit comprises the following source files.
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
\item doc.h, doc.cpp: MyDiagram, DiagramDocument, DiagramCommand, MyEvtHandler
classes related to diagram functionality and documents.
\item view.h, view.cpp: MyCanvas, DiagramView classes related to visualisation of
the diagram.
\item ogledit.h, ogledit.cpp: MyFrame, MyApp classes related to the overall application.
\item palette.h, palette.cpp: EditorToolPalette implementing the shape palette.
\end{itemize}
\section{How OGLEdit works}
OGLEdit defines a DiagramDocument class, each of instance of which holds a MyDiagram
member which itself contains the shapes.
In order to implement specific mouse behaviour for shapes, a class MyEvtHandler is
defined which is `plugged into' each shape when it is created, instead of overriding each shape class
individually. This event handler class also holds a label string.
The DiagramCommand class is the key to implementing Undo/Redo. Each instance of DiagramCommand
stores enough information about an operation (create, delete, change colour etc.) to allow
it to carry out (or undo) its command. In DiagramView::OnMenuCommand, when the user initiates the
command, a new DiagramCommand instance is created which is then sent to the document's
command processor (see wxWindows manual for more information about doc/view and command
processing).
Apart from menu commands, another way commands are initiated is by the user left-clicking on
the canvas or right-dragging on a node. MyCanvas::OnLeftClick in view.cpp shows how
the appropriate wxClassInfo is passed to a DiagramCommand, to allow DiagramCommand::Do
to create a new shape given the wxClassInfo.
The MyEvtHandler right-drag methods in doc.cpp implement drawing a line between
two shapes, detecting where the right mouse button was released and looking for a second
shape. Again, a new DiagramCommand instance is created and passed to the command
processor to carry out the command.
DiagramCommand::Do and DiagramCommand::Undo embody much of the
interesting interaction with the OGL library. A complication of note
when implementing undo is the problem of deleting a node shape which has
one or more arcs attached to it. If you delete the node, the arc(s)
should be deleted too. But multiple arc deletion represents more information
that can be incorporated in the existing DiagramCommand scheme. OGLEdit
copes with this by treating each arc deletion as a separate command, and
sending Cut commands recursively, providing an undo path. Undoing such a
Cut will only undo one command at a time - not a one to one
correspondence with the original command - but it's a reasonable
compromise and preserves Do/Undo whilst keeping our DiagramCommand class
simple.
\section{Possible enhancements}
OGLEdit is very simplistic and does not employ the more advanced features
of OGL, such as:
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
\item attachment points (arcs are drawn to particular points on a shape)
\item metafile and bitmaps shapes
\item divided rectangles
\item composite shapes, and constraints
\item creating labels in shape regions
\item arc labels (OGL has support for three movable labels per arc)
\item spline and multiple-segment line arcs
\item adding annotations to node and arc shapes
\item line-straightening (supported by OGL) and alignment (not supported directly by OGL)
\end{itemize}
These could be added to OGLEdit, at the risk of making it a less
useful example for beginners.

View File

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
; Last change: JS 8 Sep 98 2:54 pm
runTwice = yes
titleFontSize = 12
authorFontSize = 10
chapterFontSize = 12
sectionFontSize = 12
subsectionFontSize = 12
headerRule = yes
footerRule = yes
useHeadingStyles = yes
listItemIndent=40
generateHPJ = no
htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
winHelpVersion = 3
winHelpContents = yes
winHelpTitle = "OGL Manual"
truncateFilenames = yes
combineSubSections = yes
\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
\const [0] {{\bf const}}
\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
;;
;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
;;
htmlWorkshopFiles = true
htmlIndex = true
\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
%\pythonnote [1] {}

View File

@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
% LaTeX style file
% Name: texhelp.sty
% Author: Julian Smart
%
% Purpose
% -------
% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
% hypertext manuals.
% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
%
% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
% in all other formats.
%
% Julian Smart
% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
%
%
% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
%
% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
%
% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
%
% followed by a description of the class.
% Each member should follow:
%
% \membersection{wxName::Member}
%
% with a description of what this member does.
% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
%
% \func{return type}{name}{args}
% or
% \member{type}{name}
%
% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
% Function, e.g.
% e.g. to typeset
%
% void DoIt(char *string);
%
% write:
%
% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
%
\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
% e.g. to typeset
%
% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
%
% write:
%
% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
% CLIPS function
\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
% This is used for a CLIPS function name
\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
% Member: a type and a name
\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
% Class: puts in index
\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
% Void type
\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
% Typeset destructor
\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
% Typeset insert/extract operators
\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
%
% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
%
% Type text with section reference
\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
% Like footnote, but popup text.
\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
%
% Global document font size/family, help only.
\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
% Ignore in all on-line help
\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in all on-line help
\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
% Ignore in LaTeX
\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
% Only print in LaTeX
\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
% Ignore in linear RTF
\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in linear RTF
\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in WinHelp RTF
\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
% Ignore in wxHelp
\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in wxHelp
\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
% Ignore in HTML
\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
% Only print in HTML
\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
% in help systems!)
\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
%
% Headings consistent with generated ones
\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
\begin{flushleft}
{\LARGE \bf #1}
\end{flushleft}
\vskip 20pt
}
% Heading with entry in contents page.
\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
% Glossary environment
\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
% Glossary entry
\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
% Image, left aligned (HTML)
\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
% Image, right aligned (HTML)
\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
% acts like \image.
\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
% Headers and footers
% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
}
% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
}
% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
% in mirrored margins mode.
\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
\twocolwidtha{3cm}
\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
\twocolspacing{2}
\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
{\end{list}}
% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
% Double-framed box of text.
\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
#2%
\end{list}}
\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
\sloppy

View File

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
\chapter{Topic overviews}
\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
The following sections describe particular topics.
\section{OGL overview}\label{ogloverview}
\helpref{wxShapeCanvas}{wxshapecanvas}, derived from {\bf wxCanvas}, is the drawing area
for a number of \helpref{wxShape}{wxshape} instances. Everything drawn on a
wxShapeCanvas is derived from wxShape, which provides virtual
member functions for redrawing, creating and destroying
resize/selection `handles', movement and erasing behaviour, mouse
click behaviour, calculating the bounding box of the shape, linking
nodes with arcs, and so on.
The way a client application copes with `damage' to the canvas is to
erase (white out) anything should no longer be displayed, redraw the shape,
and then redraw everything on the canvas to repair any damage. If quick edit
mode is on for the canvas, the complete should be omitted by OGL and the
application.
Selection handles (called control points in the code) are implemented as
wxRectangleShapes.
Events are passed to shapes by the canvas in a high-level form, for example {\bf OnLeftClick},
{\bf OnBeginDragLeft}, {\bf OnDragLeft}, {\bf OnEndDragLeft}. The canvas decides
what is a click and what is a drag, whether it is on a shape or the canvas itself,
and (by interrogating the shape) which attachment point the click is associated with.
In order to provide event-handling flexibility, each shapes has an `event handler' associated with it,
which by default is the shape itself (all shapes derive from wxShapeEvtHandler).
An application can modify the event-handling behaviour simply by plugging a new
event handler into the shape. This can avoid the need for multiple inheritance when
new properties and behaviour are required for a number of different shape classes: instead
of overriding each class, one new event handler class can be defined and used for all
existing shape classes.
A range of shapes have been predefined in the library, including rectangles, ellipses,
polygons. A client application can derive from these shapes and/or derive entirely
new shapes from wxShape.
Instances of a class called \helpref{wxDiagram}{wxdiagram} organise collections of
shapes, providing default file input and output behaviour.
\section{wxDividedShape overview}\label{dividedshapeoverview}
Classes: \helpref{wxDividedShape}{wxdividedshape}
A wxDividedShape is a rectangle with a number of vertical divisions. Each
division may have its text formatted with independent characteristics, and
the size of each division relative to the whole image may be specified.
Once a wxDividedShape has been created, the user may move the divisions with the
mouse. By pressing Ctrl while right-clicking, the region attributes can be edited.
Here are examples of creating wxDividedShape objects:
{\small
\begin{verbatim}
/*
* Divided rectangle with 3 regions
*
*/
wxDividedShape *dividedRect = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
wxShapeRegion *region = new wxShapeRegion;
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
region = new wxShapeRegion;
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
region = new wxShapeRegion;
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
dividedRect->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
dividedRect->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
dividedRect->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
dividedRect->Show(TRUE);
dividedRect->NameRegions();
/*
* Divided rectangle with 3 regions, rounded
*
*/
wxDividedShape *dividedRect3 = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
dividedRect3->SetCornerRadius(-0.4);
region = new wxShapeRegion;
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
region = new wxShapeRegion;
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
region = new wxShapeRegion;
region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
dividedRect3->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
dividedRect3->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
dividedRect3->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
dividedRect3->Show(TRUE);
dividedRect3->NameRegions();
\end{verbatim}
}
\section{wxCompositeShape overview}\label{compositeshapeoverview}
Classes: \helpref{wxCompositeShape}{wxcompositeshape}, \helpref{wxOGLConstraint}{wxoglconstraint}
The wxCompositeShape allows fairly complex shapes to be created, and maintains
a set of constraints which specify the layout and proportions of child shapes.
Add child shapes to a wxCompositeShape using \helpref{AddChild}{wxcompositeshapeaddchild}, and
add constraints using \helpref{AddConstraint}{wxcompositeshapeaddconstraint}.
After children and shapes have been added, call \helpref{Recompute}{wxcompositeshaperecompute} which
will return TRUE is the constraints could be satisfied, FALSE otherwise. If
constraints have been correctly and consistently specified, this call will succeed.
If there is more than one child, constraints must be specified: OGL cannot calculate
the size and position of children otherwise. Don't assume that children will simply
move relative to the parent without the use of constraints.
To specify a constraint, you need three things:
\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
\item a constraint type, such as gyCONSTRAINT\_CENTRED\_VERTICALLY;
\item a reference shape, with respect to which other shapes are going to be positioned - the\rtfsp
{\it constraining} shape;
\item a list of one or more shapes to be constrained: the {\it constrained} shapes.
\end{enumerate}
The constraining shape can be either the parent of the constrained shapes, or a sibling. The
constrained shapes must all be siblings of each other.
For an exhaustive list and description of the available constraint types, see the \helpref{wxOGLConstraint constructor}{wxoglconstraintconstr}.
Note that most constraints operate in one dimension only (vertically or horizontally), so you will
usually need to specify constraints in pairs.
You can set the spacing between constraining and constrained shapes by
calling \helpref{wxOGLConstraint::SetSpacing}{wxoglconstraintsetspacing}.
Finally, a wxCompositeShape can have {\it divisions}, which are special child shapes of class
wxDivisionShape (not to be confused with wxDividedShape). The purpose of this is to allow
the composite to be divided into user-adjustable regions (divisions) into which other shapes
can be dropped dynamically, given suitable application code. Divisons allow the child
shapes to have an identity of their own - they can be manipulated independently of their container -
but to behave as if they are contained with the division, moving with the parent shape.
Divisions boundaries can themselves be moved using the mouse.
To create an initial division, call \helpref{wxCompositeShape::MakeContainer}{wxcompositeshapemakecontainer}.
Make further divisions by calling \helpref{wxDivisionShape::Divide}{wxdivisionshapedivide}.

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 137 B

View File

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: cdbase.h
// Purpose: wxMMedia
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
// Created: 1997
// Updated: 1998, 1999, 2000
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Guilhem Lavaux
// License: wxWindows license
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef __CDA_base_H__
#define __CDA_base_H__
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "cdbase.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/object.h"
typedef struct wxCDtime {
wxUint8 track;
wxUint8 hour, min, sec;
} wxCDtime;
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudio : public wxObject {
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxCDAudio)
public:
typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus;
// Table of contents manager
class CDtoc {
protected:
wxCDtime *tracks_time, *tracks_pos;
wxCDtime total_time;
public:
//
CDtoc(wxCDtime& tot_tm, wxCDtime *trks_tm, wxCDtime *trks_pos)
{ tracks_time = trks_tm; total_time = tot_tm; tracks_pos = trks_pos; }
// Returns the length of the specified track
// track: track to get length
wxCDtime GetTrackTime(wxUint8 track) const;
// Returns the position of the specified track
// track: track to get position
wxCDtime GetTrackPos(wxUint8 track) const;
// Returns the total time
inline wxCDtime GetTotalTime() const { return total_time; }
};
public:
//
wxCDAudio() : wxObject() {}
//
virtual ~wxCDAudio() {}
// Play audio at the specified position
virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_play, const wxCDtime& end_play) = 0;
// Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_play);
//
bool Play(wxUint8 beg_track, wxUint8 end_track = 0);
// Pause the audio playing
virtual bool Pause() = 0;
// Resume a paused audio playing
virtual bool Resume() = 0;
// Get the current CD status
virtual CDstatus GetStatus() = 0;
// Get the current playing time
virtual wxCDtime GetTime() = 0;
// Returns the table of contents
virtual const CDtoc& GetToc() = 0;
// CD ok
virtual bool Ok() const = 0;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: cdunix.h
// Purpose: wxMMedia
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
// Created: 1997
// Updated: 2000
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Guilhem Lavaux
// License: wxWindows license
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef __CDUNIXH__
#define __CDUNIXH__
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "cdunix.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/object.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/cdbase.h"
///
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudioLinux : public wxCDAudio {
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCDAudioLinux)
protected:
wxCDtime m_time;
CDstatus m_status;
CDtoc *m_toc;
int m_fd;
wxCDtime *m_trksize, *m_trkpos;
public:
///
wxCDAudioLinux();
///
wxCDAudioLinux(const wxString& dev_name);
///
virtual ~wxCDAudioLinux();
///
virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_time, const wxCDtime& end_time);
///
virtual bool Pause();
///
virtual bool Resume();
///
virtual CDstatus GetStatus();
///
virtual wxCDtime GetTime();
///
virtual CDtoc& GetToc();
///
virtual inline bool Ok() const { return (m_fd != -1); }
protected:
///
void OpenDevice(const wxString& dev_name);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: cdwin.h
// Purpose: wxMMedia
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
// Created: 1997
// Updated: 1998
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
// License: wxWindows license
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef __CDA_win_H__
#define __CDA_win_H__
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface
#endif
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
#include "cdbase.h"
#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
#include <windows.h>
#include <mmsystem.h>
typedef struct CDAW_Internal {
MCIDEVICEID dev_id;
} CDAW_Internal;
#endif
///
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudioWin : public wxCDAudio {
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCDAudioWin)
protected:
struct CDAW_Internal *m_internal;
wxCDtime *m_trksize, *m_trkpos;
CDtoc *m_toc;
bool m_ok;
public:
///
wxCDAudioWin(void);
///
wxCDAudioWin(const char *dev_name);
///
virtual ~wxCDAudioWin(void);
///
virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_time, const wxCDtime& end_time);
///
virtual bool Pause(void);
///
virtual bool Resume(void);
///
virtual CDstatus GetStatus(void);
///
virtual wxCDtime GetTime(void);
///
virtual const CDtoc& GetToc(void);
///
virtual inline bool Ok(void) const { return m_ok; }
protected:
void PrepareToc();
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
/*
* This source code is a product of Sun Microsystems, Inc. and is provided
* for unrestricted use. Users may copy or modify this source code without
* charge.
*
* SUN SOURCE CODE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITH NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING
* THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
* PURPOSE, OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE.
*
* Sun source code is provided with no support and without any obligation on
* the part of Sun Microsystems, Inc. to assist in its use, correction,
* modification or enhancement.
*
* SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE
* INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS OR ANY PATENTS BY THIS SOFTWARE
* OR ANY PART THEREOF.
*
* In no event will Sun Microsystems, Inc. be liable for any lost revenue
* or profits or other special, indirect and consequential damages, even if
* Sun has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
*
* Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* 2550 Garcia Avenue
* Mountain View, California 94043
*/
/*
* g72x.h
*
* Header file for CCITT conversion routines.
*
*/
#ifndef _G72X_H
#define _G72X_H
#define AUDIO_ENCODING_ULAW (1) /* ISDN u-law */
#define AUDIO_ENCODING_ALAW (2) /* ISDN A-law */
#define AUDIO_ENCODING_LINEAR (3) /* PCM 2's-complement (0-center) */
/*
* The following is the definition of the state structure
* used by the G.721/G.723 encoder and decoder to preserve their internal
* state between successive calls. The meanings of the majority
* of the state structure fields are explained in detail in the
* CCITT Recommendation G.721. The field names are essentially indentical
* to variable names in the bit level description of the coding algorithm
* included in this Recommendation.
*/
struct g72x_state {
long yl; /* Locked or steady state step size multiplier. */
short yu; /* Unlocked or non-steady state step size multiplier. */
short dms; /* Short term energy estimate. */
short dml; /* Long term energy estimate. */
short ap; /* Linear weighting coefficient of 'yl' and 'yu'. */
short a[2]; /* Coefficients of pole portion of prediction filter. */
short b[6]; /* Coefficients of zero portion of prediction filter. */
short pk[2]; /*
* Signs of previous two samples of a partially
* reconstructed signal.
*/
short dq[6]; /*
* Previous 6 samples of the quantized difference
* signal represented in an internal floating point
* format.
*/
short sr[2]; /*
* Previous 2 samples of the quantized difference
* signal represented in an internal floating point
* format.
*/
char td; /* delayed tone detect, new in 1988 version */
};
/* External function definitions. */
extern unsigned char linear2alaw (int pcm_val); /* 2's complement (16-bit range) */
extern int alaw2linear (unsigned char a_val);
extern unsigned char linear2ulaw (int pcm_val); /* 2's complement (16-bit range) */
extern int ulaw2linear (unsigned char u_val);
extern int predictor_zero (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
extern int predictor_pole (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
extern int step_size (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
extern int quantize (int d, int y, short *table, int size);
extern int reconstruct (int sign, int dqln, int y);
extern void update
( int code_size, int y, int wi, int fi, int dq
, int sr, int dqsez, struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
int tandem_adjust_alaw
(int sr, int se, int y, int i, int sign, short *qtab);
int tandem_adjust_ulaw
(int sr, int se, int y, int i, int sign, short *qtab);
extern void g72x_init_state (struct g72x_state *);
extern int g721_encoder(
int sample,
int in_coding,
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
extern int g721_decoder(
int code,
int out_coding,
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
extern int g723_24_encoder(
int sample,
int in_coding,
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
extern int g723_24_decoder(
int code,
int out_coding,
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
extern int g723_40_encoder(
int sample,
int in_coding,
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
extern int g723_40_decoder(
int code,
int out_coding,
struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
#endif /* !_G72X_H */

View File

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndaiff.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDAIFF_H
#define _WX_SNDAIFF_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndaiff.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/stream.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
//
// AIFF codec
//
class wxSoundAiff: public wxSoundFileStream {
public:
wxSoundAiff(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
wxSoundAiff(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
~wxSoundAiff();
bool CanRead();
wxString GetCodecName() const;
protected:
bool PrepareToPlay();
bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time);
bool FinishRecording();
bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position);
wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
protected:
off_t m_base_offset;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndbase.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDBASE_H
#define _WX_SNDBASE_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndbase.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
// DEFINITIONS
// ---------------------
// Sound streaming mode:
// - wxSOUND_INPUT: simple recording mode
// - wxSOUND_OUTPUT: simple playing mode
// - wxSOUND_DUPLEX: full duplex record/play at the same time
// ---------------------
enum {
wxSOUND_INPUT = 1,
wxSOUND_OUTPUT = 2,
wxSOUND_DUPLEX = wxSOUND_INPUT | wxSOUND_OUTPUT,
};
// ---------------------
// wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
// which will be passed to the stream.
// ---------------------
typedef enum {
wxSOUND_NOFORMAT,
wxSOUND_PCM,
wxSOUND_ULAW,
wxSOUND_G72X,
wxSOUND_MSADPCM
} wxSoundFormatType;
// ---------------------
// wxSoundError:
// - wxSOUND_NOERR: No error occured
// - wxSOUND_IOERR: an input/output error occured, it may concern either
// a driver or a file
// - wxSOUND_INVFRMT: the sound format passed to the function is invalid.
// Generally, it means that you passed out of range values
// to the codec stream or you don't pass the right sound
// format object to the right sound codec stream.
// - wxSOUND_INVDEV: Invalid device. Generally, it means that the sound stream
// didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid// parameter or to the fact that sound is not supported on
// this computer.
// - wxSOUND_NOEXACT: No exact matching sound codec has been found for
// this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't
// manage to setup the sound card with the specified
// values.
// - wxSOUND_NOCODEC: No matching codec has been found. Generally, it
// may happen when you call
// wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().
// - wxSOUND_MEMERR: Not enough memory.
// - wxSOUND_NOTSTARTED: You did not start the production using
// StartProduction()
// ---------------------
typedef enum {
wxSOUND_NOERROR,
wxSOUND_IOERROR,
wxSOUND_INVFRMT,
wxSOUND_INVDEV,
wxSOUND_NOEXACT,
wxSOUND_INVSTRM,
wxSOUND_NOCODEC,
wxSOUND_MEMERROR,
wxSOUND_NOTSTARTED
} wxSoundError;
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStream;
// ---------------------
// wxSoundCallback(stream, evt, cdata): C callback for sound event.
// - stream: current wxSoundStream
// - evt: the sound event which has occured, it may be wxSOUND_INPUT,
// wxSOUND_OUTPUT or wxSOUND_DUPLEX
// - cdata: User callback data
// ---------------------
typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
void *cdata);
//
// Base class for sound format specification
//
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatBase {
public:
wxSoundFormatBase();
virtual ~wxSoundFormatBase();
// It returns a "standard" format type.
virtual wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_NOFORMAT; }
// It clones the current format.
virtual wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
virtual wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const = 0;
virtual wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const = 0;
virtual bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
};
//
// Base class for sound streams
//
class wxSoundStream {
public:
wxSoundStream();
virtual ~wxSoundStream();
// Reads "len" bytes from the sound stream.
virtual wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
// Writes "len" byte to the sound stream.
virtual wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
// Returns the best size for IO calls
virtual wxUint32 GetBestSize() const { return 1024; }
// SetSoundFormat returns TRUE when the format can be handled.
virtual bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
// GetSoundFormat returns the current sound format.
wxSoundFormatBase& GetSoundFormat() const { return *m_sndformat; }
// Register a callback for a specified async event.
void SetCallback(int evt, wxSoundCallback cbk, void *cdata);
// Starts the async notifier. After this call, the stream begins either
// recording or playing or the two at the same time.
virtual bool StartProduction(int evt) = 0;
// Stops the async notifier.
virtual bool StopProduction() = 0;
// Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
void SetEventHandler(wxSoundStream *handler) { m_handler = handler; }
wxSoundError GetError() const { return m_snderror; }
wxUint32 GetLastAccess() const { return m_lastcount; }
// This is only useful for device (I think).
virtual bool QueueFilled() const { return TRUE; }
protected:
// Current sound format
wxSoundFormatBase *m_sndformat;
// Last error
wxSoundError m_snderror;
// Last access
wxUint32 m_lastcount;
// Event handler
wxSoundStream *m_handler;
wxSoundCallback m_callback[2];
void *m_cdata[2];
protected:
// Handles event
virtual void OnSoundEvent(int evt);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndcodec.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDCODEC_H
#define _WX_SNDCODEC_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndcodec.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
class wxSoundStreamCodec: public wxSoundStream {
public:
wxSoundStreamCodec(wxSoundStream& snd_io);
~wxSoundStreamCodec();
bool StartProduction(int evt);
bool StopProduction();
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
protected:
wxSoundStream *m_sndio;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndcpcm.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDCPCM_H
#define _WX_SNDCPCM_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndcpcm.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
//
// PCM converter class
//
class wxSoundStreamPcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
public:
typedef void (*ConverterType)(const void *buf_in, void *buf_out,
wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStreamPcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
~wxSoundStreamPcm();
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
protected:
wxUint32 GetReadSize(wxUint32 len) const;
wxUint32 GetWriteSize(wxUint32 len) const;
protected:
ConverterType m_function_out, m_function_in;
// Static temporary buffer
char *m_prebuffer;
wxUint32 m_prebuffer_size;
// Estimated best size to fit into the static buffer
wxUint32 m_best_size;
// Multiplier for IO buffer size
float m_multiplier_in, m_multiplier_out;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndesd.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDESD_H
#define _WX_SNDESD_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndesd.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
//
// ESD output class
//
class wxSoundStreamESD : public wxSoundStream {
public:
wxSoundStreamESD(const wxString& hostname = wxT("localhost"));
~wxSoundStreamESD();
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
bool StartProduction(int evt);
bool StopProduction();
// You should not call this.
void WakeUpEvt(int evt);
bool QueueFilled() const { return m_q_filled; }
protected:
int m_fd_input, m_fd_output; // ESD fds
int m_tag_input, m_tag_output; // GLIB tags
bool m_esd_stop; // Stream started ?
bool m_esd_ok; // ESD detected
wxString m_hostname; // ESD host
bool m_q_filled; // queue filled
private:
void DetectBest(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndfile.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDFILE_H
#define _WX_SNDFILE_H
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/stream.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
#define wxSOUND_INFINITE_TIME ((wxUint32)-1)
//
// Codec router class
//
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
public:
wxSoundRouterStream(wxSoundStream& sndio);
~wxSoundRouterStream();
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
bool StartProduction(int evt);
bool StopProduction();
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
protected:
wxSoundStream *m_router;
};
typedef enum {
wxSOUND_FILE_STOPPED,
wxSOUND_FILE_PAUSED,
wxSOUND_FILE_PLAYING,
wxSOUND_FILE_RECORDING
} wxSoundFileState;
//
// Base class for file coders/decoders
//
class wxSoundFileStream: public wxSoundStream {
public:
wxSoundFileStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
wxSoundFileStream(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
~wxSoundFileStream();
// Usual sound file calls (Play, Stop, ...)
bool Play();
bool Record(wxUint32 time);
bool Stop();
bool Pause();
bool Resume();
// Functions which return the current state
bool IsStopped() const { return m_state == wxSOUND_FILE_STOPPED; }
bool IsPaused() const { return m_state == wxSOUND_FILE_PAUSED; }
// A user should not call these two functions.
// Several things must be done before calling them.
// Users should use Play(), ...
bool StartProduction(int evt);
bool StopProduction();
// These three functions deals with the length, the position in the sound file.
// All the values are expressed in bytes. If you need the values expressed
// in terms of time, you have to use GetSoundFormat().GetTimeFromBytes(...)
wxUint32 GetLength();
wxUint32 GetPosition();
wxUint32 SetPosition(wxUint32 new_position);
// These two functions use the sound format specified by GetSoundFormat().
// All samples must be encoded in that format.
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
// This function set the sound format of the file. !! It must be used only
// when you are in output mode (concerning the file) !! If you are in
// input mode (concerning the file) you can't use this function to modify
// the format of the samples returned by Read() !
// For this action, you must use wxSoundRouterStream applied to wxSoundFileStream.
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
// This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who want to build
// a player (But also in some other case).
virtual wxString GetCodecName() const;
// You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
// the stream you passed to it.
virtual bool CanRead() { return FALSE; }
protected:
wxSoundRouterStream m_codec;
wxSoundStream *m_sndio;
wxInputStream *m_input;
wxOutputStream *m_output;
wxSoundFileState m_state, m_oldstate;
wxUint32 m_length, m_bytes_left;
bool m_prepared;
protected:
virtual bool PrepareToPlay() = 0;
virtual bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time) = 0;
virtual bool FinishRecording() = 0;
virtual bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position) = 0;
void FinishPreparation(wxUint32 len);
virtual wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
virtual wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
void OnSoundEvent(int evt);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndg72x.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/26/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDG72X_H
#define _WX_SNDG72X_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndg72x.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
typedef enum {
wxSOUND_G721,
wxSOUND_G723_24,
wxSOUND_G723_40
} wxSoundG72XType;
// This fixes a bug in Mingw95
typedef struct g72x_state g72state;
//
// G72X format
//
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatG72X: public wxSoundFormatBase {
public:
wxSoundFormatG72X();
~wxSoundFormatG72X();
void SetG72XType(wxSoundG72XType type);
wxSoundG72XType GetG72XType() const { return m_g72x_type; }
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_G72X; }
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
protected:
wxUint32 m_srate;
wxSoundG72XType m_g72x_type;
};
//
// ULAW converter class
//
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamG72X: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
public:
wxSoundStreamG72X(wxSoundStream& sndio);
~wxSoundStreamG72X();
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
protected:
wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
wxUint8 m_n_bits, m_current_mask, m_current_b_pos, m_current_byte;
wxUint8 *m_io_buffer;
g72state *m_state;
int (*m_coder)(int code, int in_code, struct g72x_state *state);
int (*m_decoder)(int code, int out_code, struct g72x_state *state);
protected:
void PutBits(wxUint8 bits);
wxUint8 GetBits();
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndmsad(pcm).h
// Purpose: MS ADPCM codec
// Date: 25/02/2000
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 2000
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDULAW_H
#define _WX_SNDULAW_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndmsad.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxUint16, wxMSAdpcmCoeffs);
//
// MSADPCM format
//
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm: public wxSoundFormatBase {
public:
wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
~wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
void SetSamplesBlock(wxUint16 sampblock);
wxUint16 GetSamplesBlock() const;
void SetCoefs(wxMSAdpcmCoefs& coefs);
wxMSAdpcmCoefs& GetCoefs() const;
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_ULAW; }
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
protected:
wxUint32 m_srate;
wxMSAdpcmCoefs *m_coefs;
};
//
// MS ADPCM converter class
//
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamAdpcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
public:
wxSoundStreamAdpcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
~wxSoundStreamAdpcm();
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
protected:
wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndoss.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDOSS_H
#define _WX_SNDOSS_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndoss.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
//
// OSS output class
//
class wxSoundStreamOSS : public wxSoundStream {
public:
wxSoundStreamOSS(const wxString& dev_name = wxT("/dev/dsp"));
~wxSoundStreamOSS();
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
bool StartProduction(int evt);
bool StopProduction();
bool QueueFilled() const;
// You should not call this.
void WakeUpEvt(int evt);
protected:
// OSS device
int m_fd;
wxUint32 m_bufsize;
int m_tag;
bool m_oss_stop, m_oss_ok, m_q_filled;
wxString m_devname;
private:
bool SetupFormat(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
void DetectBest(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndpcm.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDPCM_H
#define _WX_SNDPCM_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndpcm.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
//
// PCM specification class
//
class wxSoundFormatPcm : public wxSoundFormatBase {
public:
wxSoundFormatPcm(wxUint32 srate = 22500, wxUint8 bps = 8,
wxUint16 channels = 2, bool sign = TRUE,
int order = wxLITTLE_ENDIAN);
~wxSoundFormatPcm();
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
void SetBPS(wxUint8 bps);
void SetChannels(wxUint16 nchannels);
void SetOrder(int order);
void Signed(bool sign);
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const { return m_srate; }
wxUint8 GetBPS() const { return m_bps; }
wxUint16 GetChannels() const { return m_nchan; }
int GetOrder() const { return m_order; }
bool Signed() const { return m_signed; }
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_PCM; }
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
bool operator!=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
protected:
wxUint32 m_srate;
wxUint8 m_bps;
wxUint16 m_nchan;
int m_order;
bool m_signed;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndulaw.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDULAW_H
#define _WX_SNDULAW_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndulaw.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
//
// ULAW format
//
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatUlaw: public wxSoundFormatBase {
public:
wxSoundFormatUlaw();
~wxSoundFormatUlaw();
void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
void SetChannels(wxUint8 channels);
wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_ULAW; }
wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
protected:
wxUint32 m_srate;
wxUint8 m_channels;
};
//
// ULAW converter class
//
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamUlaw: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
public:
wxSoundStreamUlaw(wxSoundStream& sndio);
~wxSoundStreamUlaw();
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
protected:
wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndwav.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDWAV_H
#define _WX_SNDWAV_H
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "sndwav.h"
#endif
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/stream.h"
#include "wx/datstrm.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
//
// WAVE codec
//
class wxSoundWave: public wxSoundFileStream {
public:
wxSoundWave(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
wxSoundWave(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
~wxSoundWave();
bool CanRead();
wxString GetCodecName() const;
protected:
bool PrepareToPlay();
bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time);
bool FinishRecording();
bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position);
wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
bool HandleOutputPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
wxUint32 sample_fq, wxUint32 byte_p_sec,
wxUint16 byte_p_spl, wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
bool HandleOutputG721(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint16 channels,
wxUint32 sample_fq, wxUint32 byte_p_sec,
wxUint16 byte_p_spl, wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputPCM(wxDataOutputStream& data);
wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputG72X(wxDataOutputStream& data);
protected:
off_t m_base_offset;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: sndwin.h
// Purpose:
// Date: 08/11/1999
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
// CVSID: $Id$
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef _WX_SNDWIN_H
#define _WX_SNDWIN_H
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
typedef struct _wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal;
typedef struct _wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader;
// class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundInternal;
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamWin : public wxSoundStream {
public:
wxSoundStreamWin();
~wxSoundStreamWin();
wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
bool SetSoundFormat(wxSoundFormatBase& base);
bool StartProduction(int evt);
bool StopProduction();
bool QueueFilled() const;
// Internal but defined as public
void NotifyDoneBuffer(wxUint32 dev_handle, int flag);
wxUint32 GetBestSize() const { return 4096; }
protected:
wxSoundInternal *m_internal;
wxUint32 m_current_frag_in, m_current_frag_out;
wxUint32 m_input_frag_in, m_output_frag_out;
wxSoundInfoHeader **m_headers_play, **m_headers_rec;
bool m_production_started, m_queue_filled, m_waiting_for;
protected:
void CreateSndWindow();
void DestroySndWindow();
bool OpenDevice(int mode);
void CloseDevice();
wxSoundInfoHeader *AllocHeader(int mode);
void FreeHeader(wxSoundInfoHeader *header, int mode);
bool AllocHeaders(int mode);
void FreeHeaders(int mode);
void WaitFor(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
bool AddToQueue(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
void ClearHeader(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
wxSoundInfoHeader *NextFragmentOutput();
wxSoundInfoHeader *NextFragmentInput();
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: vidbase.h
// Purpose: wxMMedia
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
// Created: 1997
// Updated: 1998
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
// CVS: $Id$
// License: wxWindows license
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/* Real -*- C++ -*- */
#ifndef __VID_bdrv_H__
#define __VID_bdrv_H__
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "vidbase.h"
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma hdrstop
#endif
// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/stream.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/window.h"
#include "wx/frame.h"
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxMMedia2 (video) types
typedef enum {
wxVIDEO_MSAVI,
wxVIDEO_MPEG,
wxVIDEO_QT,
wxVIDEO_GIF,
wxVIDEO_JMOV,
wxVIDEO_FLI,
wxVIDEO_IFF,
wxVIDEO_SGI,
wxVIDEO_MPEG2
} wxVideoType;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Classes definition
class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoBaseDriver : public wxObject {
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVideoBaseDriver)
protected:
wxWindow *m_video_output;
public:
// Ctors
wxVideoBaseDriver();
wxVideoBaseDriver(wxInputStream& str);
wxVideoBaseDriver(const wxString& filename);
// Dtor
virtual ~wxVideoBaseDriver();
// Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
virtual bool Play() = 0;
virtual bool Stop() = 0;
virtual bool Pause() = 0;
virtual bool Resume() = 0;
// Size management
virtual bool SetSize(wxSize size) = 0;
virtual bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const = 0;
// Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
virtual bool IsCapable(wxVideoType WXUNUSED(v_type)) const { return FALSE; }
// Return the video codec name
virtual wxString GetMovieCodec() const = 0;
// Return the audio codec name
virtual wxString GetAudioCodec() const = 0;
// Return misc info about audio
virtual wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const = 0;
virtual wxUint8 GetChannels() const = 0;
virtual wxUint8 GetBPS() const = 0;
// Return frame rate
virtual double GetFrameRate() const = 0;
// Return number of frames
virtual wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const = 0;
// Called when the movie finished
virtual void OnFinished() {}
// Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
virtual bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
virtual void DetachOutput();
// They return the state of the movie.
virtual bool IsPaused() const = 0;
virtual bool IsStopped() const = 0;
};
WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame *wxVideoCreateFrame(wxVideoBaseDriver *vid_drv);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name: vidwin.h
// Purpose: wxMMedia
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
// Created: February 1998
// Updated:
// Copyright: (C) 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
// License: wxWindows license
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef __VID_windows_H__
#define __VID_windows_H__
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "vidwin.h"
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma hdrstop
#endif
// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/stream.h"
#include "wx/window.h"
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxMMedia2 headers
#include "wx/mmedia/vidbase.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// System headers and private types
#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
#include <windows.h>
#include <mmsystem.h>
typedef struct VIDW_Internal {
MCIDEVICEID m_dev_id;
} wxVIDWinternal;
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Class definition
class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoWindows : public wxVideoBaseDriver {
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVideoWindows)
protected:
struct VIDW_Internal *m_internal;
bool m_paused, m_stopped, m_remove_file;
wxString m_filename;
double m_frameRate;
wxUint8 m_bps;
void OpenFile();
public:
wxVideoWindows(void);
wxVideoWindows(wxInputStream& str);
wxVideoWindows(const wxString& fname);
~wxVideoWindows(void);
bool Play();
bool Stop();
bool Pause();
bool Resume();
bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const;
bool SetSize(wxSize size);
// Return codec name for each stream.
wxString GetMovieCodec() const;
wxString GetAudioCodec() const;
// Return misc. info about audio
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
wxUint8 GetBPS() const;
// Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
double GetFrameRate() const;
// Return the total number of frames in the movie
wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const;
bool IsCapable(wxVideoType v_type);
bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
void DetachOutput(void);
bool IsPaused() const;
bool IsStopped() const;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: vidxanm.h
// Purpose: wxMMedia
// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
// Created: 1997
// Updated: 1998
// Copyright: (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
// License: wxWindows license
// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/* Real -*- C++ -*- */
#ifndef __VID_xanim_H__
#define __VID_xanim_H__
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "vidxanm.h"
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma hdrstop
#endif
// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/process.h"
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// System dependent headers
#if defined(WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL) && (defined(__X__) || defined(__WXGTK__))
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxMMedia2 headers
#include "wx/mmedia/vidbase.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Internal types
#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
Display *xanim_dpy;
Window xanim_window;
Atom xanim_atom, xanim_ret;
} wxXANIMinternal;
#ifndef __XANIM_COMMAND__
#define __XANIM_COMMAND__ "/usr/X11R6/bin/xanim"
#endif
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Class definition
class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoXANIM : public wxVideoBaseDriver {
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVideoXANIM)
protected:
// Remember the state of the subprocess
bool m_xanim_started, m_paused;
// Pure X11 variables
struct wxXANIMinternal *m_internal;
wxString m_filename;
wxProcess *m_xanim_detector;
// Remember to delete the temporary file when necessary
bool m_remove_file;
wxUint32 m_size[2];
wxUint32 m_sampleRate;
wxUint8 m_channels;
wxUint8 m_bps;
wxUint32 m_frames;
double m_frameRate;
wxString m_movieCodec, m_audioCodec;
public:
wxVideoXANIM();
wxVideoXANIM(wxInputStream& str);
wxVideoXANIM(const wxString& filename);
~wxVideoXANIM();
bool Play();
bool Pause();
bool Resume();
bool Stop();
bool SetVolume(wxUint8 vol);
bool SetSize(wxSize size);
bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const;
// Return the video codec name
wxString GetMovieCodec() const;
// Return the audio codec name
wxString GetAudioCodec() const;
// Return misc info about audio
wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
wxUint8 GetBPS() const;
// Return frame rate
double GetFrameRate() const;
// Return number of frames in the movie
wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const;
bool IsCapable(wxVideoType v_type) const;
bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
void DetachOutput();
bool IsPaused() const;
bool IsStopped() const;
friend class wxVideoXANIMProcess;
protected:
// Start the subprocess with the right parameters
bool RestartXANIM();
// Send a command to the subprocess
bool SendCommand(const char *command,char **ret = NULL,
wxUint32 *size = NULL);
// Collect informations from XAnim
bool CollectInfo();
};
#endif

View File

@@ -1,744 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: basic.h
// Purpose: Basic OGL classes and definitions
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_BASIC_H_
#define _OGL_BASIC_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "basic.h"
#endif
#define OGL_VERSION 2.0
#ifndef DEFAULT_MOUSE_TOLERANCE
#define DEFAULT_MOUSE_TOLERANCE 3
#endif
// Edit these lines if you positively don't want PROLOGIO support
#ifndef PROLOGIO
#define PROLOGIO
#endif
// Key identifiers
#define KEY_SHIFT 1
#define KEY_CTRL 2
// Arrow styles
#define ARROW_NONE 0
#define ARROW_END 1
#define ARROW_BOTH 2
#define ARROW_MIDDLE 3
#define ARROW_START 4
// Control point types
// Rectangle and most other shapes
#define CONTROL_POINT_VERTICAL 1
#define CONTROL_POINT_HORIZONTAL 2
#define CONTROL_POINT_DIAGONAL 3
// Line
#define CONTROL_POINT_ENDPOINT_TO 4
#define CONTROL_POINT_ENDPOINT_FROM 5
#define CONTROL_POINT_LINE 6
// Types of formatting: can be combined in a bit list
#define FORMAT_NONE 0
// Left justification
#define FORMAT_CENTRE_HORIZ 1
// Centre horizontally
#define FORMAT_CENTRE_VERT 2
// Centre vertically
#define FORMAT_SIZE_TO_CONTENTS 4
// Resize shape to contents
// Shadow mode
#define SHADOW_NONE 0
#define SHADOW_LEFT 1
#define SHADOW_RIGHT 2
/*
* Declare types
*
*/
#define SHAPE_BASIC wxTYPE_USER + 1
#define SHAPE_RECTANGLE wxTYPE_USER + 2
#define SHAPE_ELLIPSE wxTYPE_USER + 3
#define SHAPE_POLYGON wxTYPE_USER + 4
#define SHAPE_CIRCLE wxTYPE_USER + 5
#define SHAPE_LINE wxTYPE_USER + 6
#define SHAPE_DIVIDED_RECTANGLE wxTYPE_USER + 8
#define SHAPE_COMPOSITE wxTYPE_USER + 9
#define SHAPE_CONTROL_POINT wxTYPE_USER + 10
#define SHAPE_DRAWN wxTYPE_USER + 11
#define SHAPE_DIVISION wxTYPE_USER + 12
#define SHAPE_LABEL_OBJECT wxTYPE_USER + 13
#define SHAPE_BITMAP wxTYPE_USER + 14
#define SHAPE_DIVIDED_OBJECT_CONTROL_POINT wxTYPE_USER + 15
#define OBJECT_REGION wxTYPE_USER + 20
#define OP_CLICK_LEFT 1
#define OP_CLICK_RIGHT 2
#define OP_DRAG_LEFT 4
#define OP_DRAG_RIGHT 8
#define OP_ALL (OP_CLICK_LEFT | OP_CLICK_RIGHT | OP_DRAG_LEFT | OP_DRAG_RIGHT)
// Attachment modes
#define ATTACHMENT_MODE_NONE 0
#define ATTACHMENT_MODE_EDGE 1
#define ATTACHMENT_MODE_BRANCHING 2
// Sub-modes for branching attachment mode
#define BRANCHING_ATTACHMENT_NORMAL 1
#define BRANCHING_ATTACHMENT_BLOB 2
class wxShapeTextLine;
class wxShapeCanvas;
class wxLineShape;
class wxControlPoint;
class wxShapeRegion;
class wxShape;
#ifdef PROLOGIO
class WXDLLEXPORT wxExpr;
class WXDLLEXPORT wxExprDatabase;
#endif
// Round up
#define WXROUND(x) ( (long) (x + 0.5) )
// logical function to use when drawing rubberband boxes, etc.
#define OGLRBLF wxINVERT
class wxShapeEvtHandler: public wxObject
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeEvtHandler)
public:
wxShapeEvtHandler(wxShapeEvtHandler *prev = NULL, wxShape *shape = NULL);
virtual ~wxShapeEvtHandler();
inline void SetShape(wxShape *sh) { m_handlerShape = sh; }
inline wxShape *GetShape() const { return m_handlerShape; }
inline void SetPreviousHandler(wxShapeEvtHandler* handler) { m_previousHandler = handler; }
inline wxShapeEvtHandler* GetPreviousHandler() const { return m_previousHandler; }
// This is called when the _shape_ is deleted.
virtual void OnDelete();
virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnDrawBranches(wxDC& dc, bool erase = FALSE);
virtual void OnMoveLinks(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnEraseContents(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnHighlight(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnLeftDoubleClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnSize(double x, double y);
virtual bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
virtual void OnMovePost(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
virtual void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
virtual void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
virtual void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
virtual void OnDrawControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnEraseControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnMoveLink(wxDC& dc, bool moveControlPoints = TRUE);
// Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
// to override sizing behaviour.
virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnBeginSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
virtual void OnEndSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
// Can override this to prevent or intercept line reordering.
virtual void OnChangeAttachment(int attachment, wxLineShape* line, wxList& ordering);
// Creates a copy of this event handler.
wxShapeEvtHandler *CreateNewCopy();
// Does the copy - override for new event handlers which might store
// app-specific data.
virtual void CopyData(wxShapeEvtHandler& copy) {};
private:
wxShapeEvtHandler* m_previousHandler;
wxShape* m_handlerShape;
};
class wxShape: public wxShapeEvtHandler
{
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxShape)
public:
wxShape(wxShapeCanvas *can = NULL);
virtual ~wxShape();
virtual void GetBoundingBoxMax(double *width, double *height);
virtual void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *width, double *height) = 0;
virtual bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
double x2, double y2,
double *x3, double *y3);
inline wxShapeCanvas *GetCanvas() { return m_canvas; }
void SetCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas);
virtual void AddToCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas, wxShape *addAfter = NULL);
virtual void InsertInCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas);
virtual void RemoveFromCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas);
inline double GetX() const { return m_xpos; }
inline double GetY() const { return m_ypos; }
inline void SetX(double x) { m_xpos = x; }
inline void SetY(double y) { m_ypos = y; }
inline wxShape *GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
inline void SetParent(wxShape *p) { m_parent = p; }
wxShape *GetTopAncestor();
inline wxList& GetChildren() { return m_children; }
virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnMoveLinks(wxDC& dc);
virtual void Unlink() { };
void SetDrawHandles(bool drawH);
inline bool GetDrawHandles() { return m_drawHandles; }
virtual void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnEraseContents(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnHighlight(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnLeftDoubleClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0) {}
virtual void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnSize(double x, double y);
virtual bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
virtual void OnMovePost(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
virtual void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
virtual void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
virtual void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
virtual void OnDrawControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnEraseControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
virtual void OnBeginSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
virtual void OnEndSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
// Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
// to override sizing behaviour.
virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void MakeControlPoints();
virtual void DeleteControlPoints(wxDC *dc = NULL);
virtual void ResetControlPoints();
inline wxShapeEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() { return m_eventHandler; }
inline void SetEventHandler(wxShapeEvtHandler *handler) { m_eventHandler = handler; }
// Mandatory control points, e.g. the divided line moving handles
// should appear even if a child of the 'selected' image
virtual void MakeMandatoryControlPoints();
virtual void ResetMandatoryControlPoints();
inline virtual bool Recompute() { return TRUE; };
// Calculate size recursively, if size changes. Size might depend on children.
inline virtual void CalculateSize() { };
virtual void Select(bool select = TRUE, wxDC* dc = NULL);
virtual void SetHighlight(bool hi = TRUE, bool recurse = FALSE);
inline virtual bool IsHighlighted() const { return m_highlighted; };
virtual bool Selected() const;
virtual bool AncestorSelected() const;
void SetSensitivityFilter(int sens = OP_ALL, bool recursive = FALSE);
int GetSensitivityFilter() const { return m_sensitivity; }
void SetDraggable(bool drag, bool recursive = FALSE);
inline void SetFixedSize(bool x, bool y) { m_fixedWidth = x; m_fixedHeight = y; };
inline void GetFixedSize(bool *x, bool *y) const { *x = m_fixedWidth; *y = m_fixedHeight; };
inline bool GetFixedWidth() const { return m_fixedWidth; }
inline bool GetFixedHeight() const { return m_fixedHeight; }
inline void SetSpaceAttachments(bool sp) { m_spaceAttachments = sp; };
inline bool GetSpaceAttachments() const { return m_spaceAttachments; };
void SetShadowMode(int mode, bool redraw = FALSE);
inline int GetShadowMode() const { return m_shadowMode; }
virtual bool HitTest(double x, double y, int *attachment, double *distance);
inline void SetCentreResize(bool cr) { m_centreResize = cr; }
inline bool GetCentreResize() const { return m_centreResize; }
inline void SetMaintainAspectRatio(bool ar) { m_maintainAspectRatio = ar; }
inline bool GetMaintainAspectRatio() const { return m_maintainAspectRatio; }
inline wxList& GetLines() const { return (wxList&) m_lines; }
inline void SetDisableLabel(bool flag) { m_disableLabel = flag; }
inline bool GetDisableLabel() const { return m_disableLabel; }
inline void SetAttachmentMode(int mode) { m_attachmentMode = mode; }
inline int GetAttachmentMode() const { return m_attachmentMode; }
inline void SetId(long i) { m_id = i; }
inline long GetId() const { return m_id; }
void SetPen(wxPen *pen);
void SetBrush(wxBrush *brush);
inline void SetClientData(wxObject *client_data) { m_clientData = client_data; };
inline wxObject *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; };
virtual void Show(bool show);
virtual bool IsShown() const { return m_visible; }
virtual void Move(wxDC& dc, double x1, double y1, bool display = TRUE);
virtual void Erase(wxDC& dc);
virtual void EraseContents(wxDC& dc);
virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc);
virtual void Flash();
virtual void MoveLinks(wxDC& dc);
virtual void DrawContents(wxDC& dc); // E.g. for drawing text label
virtual void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
virtual void SetAttachmentSize(double x, double y);
void Attach(wxShapeCanvas *can);
void Detach();
inline virtual bool Constrain() { return FALSE; } ;
void AddLine(wxLineShape *line, wxShape *other,
int attachFrom = 0, int attachTo = 0,
// The line ordering
int positionFrom = -1, int positionTo = -1);
// Return the zero-based position in m_lines of line.
int GetLinePosition(wxLineShape* line);
void AddText(const wxString& string);
inline wxPen *GetPen() const { return m_pen; }
inline wxBrush *GetBrush() const { return m_brush; }
/*
* Region-specific functions (defaults to the default region
* for simple objects
*/
// Set the default, single region size to be consistent
// with the object size
void SetDefaultRegionSize();
virtual void FormatText(wxDC& dc, const wxString& s, int regionId = 0);
virtual void SetFormatMode(int mode, int regionId = 0);
virtual int GetFormatMode(int regionId = 0) const;
virtual void SetFont(wxFont *font, int regionId = 0);
virtual wxFont *GetFont(int regionId = 0) const;
virtual void SetTextColour(const wxString& colour, int regionId = 0);
virtual wxString GetTextColour(int regionId = 0) const;
virtual inline int GetNumberOfTextRegions() const { return m_regions.Number(); }
virtual void SetRegionName(const wxString& name, int regionId = 0);
// Get the name representing the region for this image alone.
// I.e. this image's region ids go from 0 to N-1.
// But the names might be "0.2.0", "0.2.1" etc. depending on position in composite.
// So the last digit represents the region Id, the others represent positions
// in composites.
virtual wxString GetRegionName(int regionId);
// Gets the region corresponding to the name, or -1 if not found.
virtual int GetRegionId(const wxString& name);
// Construct names for regions, unique even for children of a composite.
virtual void NameRegions(const wxString& parentName = "");
// Get list of regions
inline wxList& GetRegions() const { return (wxList&) m_regions; }
virtual void AddRegion(wxShapeRegion *region);
virtual void ClearRegions();
// Assign new ids to this image and children (if composite)
void AssignNewIds();
// Returns actual image (same as 'this' if non-composite) and region id
// for given region name.
virtual wxShape *FindRegion(const wxString& regionName, int *regionId);
// Finds all region names for this image (composite or simple).
// Supply empty string list.
virtual void FindRegionNames(wxStringList& list);
virtual void ClearText(int regionId = 0);
void RemoveLine(wxLineShape *line);
#ifdef PROLOGIO
// I/O
virtual void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
virtual void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
// In case the object has constraints it needs to read in in a different pass
inline virtual void ReadConstraints(wxExpr *WXUNUSED(clause), wxExprDatabase *WXUNUSED(database)) { };
virtual void WriteRegions(wxExpr *clause);
virtual void ReadRegions(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
// Attachment code
virtual bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
virtual int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
virtual bool AttachmentIsValid(int attachment) const;
// Only get the attachment position at the _edge_ of the shape, ignoring
// branching mode. This is used e.g. to indicate the edge of interest, not the point
// on the attachment branch.
virtual bool GetAttachmentPositionEdge(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
// Assuming the attachment lies along a vertical or horizontal line,
// calculate the position on that point.
virtual wxRealPoint CalcSimpleAttachment(const wxRealPoint& pt1, const wxRealPoint& pt2,
int nth, int noArcs, wxLineShape* line);
// Returns TRUE if pt1 <= pt2 in the sense that one point comes before another on an
// edge of the shape.
// attachmentPoint is the attachment point (= side) in question.
virtual bool AttachmentSortTest(int attachmentPoint, const wxRealPoint& pt1, const wxRealPoint& pt2);
virtual void EraseLinks(wxDC& dc, int attachment = -1, bool recurse = FALSE);
virtual void DrawLinks(wxDC& dc, int attachment = -1, bool recurse = FALSE);
virtual bool MoveLineToNewAttachment(wxDC& dc, wxLineShape *to_move,
double x, double y);
// Reorders the lines coming into the node image at this attachment
// position, in the order in which they appear in linesToSort.
virtual void SortLines(int attachment, wxList& linesToSort);
// Apply an attachment ordering change
void ApplyAttachmentOrdering(wxList& ordering);
// Can override this to prevent or intercept line reordering.
virtual void OnChangeAttachment(int attachment, wxLineShape* line, wxList& ordering);
//// New banching attachment code, 24/9/98
//
// |________|
// | <- root
// | <- neck
// shoulder1 ->---------<- shoulder2
// | | | | |<- stem
// <- branching attachment point N-1
// This function gets the root point at the given attachment.
virtual wxRealPoint GetBranchingAttachmentRoot(int attachment);
// This function gets information about where branching connections go (calls GetBranchingAttachmentRoot)
virtual bool GetBranchingAttachmentInfo(int attachment, wxRealPoint& root, wxRealPoint& neck,
wxRealPoint& shoulder1, wxRealPoint& shoulder2);
// n is the number of the adjoining line, from 0 to N-1 where N is the number of lines
// at this attachment point.
// attachmentPoint is where the arc meets the stem, and stemPoint is where the stem meets the
// shoulder.
virtual bool GetBranchingAttachmentPoint(int attachment, int n, wxRealPoint& attachmentPoint,
wxRealPoint& stemPoint);
// Get the number of lines at this attachment position.
virtual int GetAttachmentLineCount(int attachment) const;
// Draw the branches (not the actual arcs though)
virtual void OnDrawBranches(wxDC& dc, int attachment, bool erase = FALSE);
virtual void OnDrawBranches(wxDC& dc, bool erase = FALSE);
// Branching attachment settings
inline void SetBranchNeckLength(int len) { m_branchNeckLength = len; }
inline int GetBranchNeckLength() const { return m_branchNeckLength; }
inline void SetBranchStemLength(int len) { m_branchStemLength = len; }
inline int GetBranchStemLength() const { return m_branchStemLength; }
inline void SetBranchSpacing(int len) { m_branchSpacing = len; }
inline int GetBranchSpacing() const { return m_branchSpacing; }
// Further detail on branching style, e.g. blobs on interconnections
inline void SetBranchStyle(long style) { m_branchStyle = style; }
inline long GetBranchStyle() const { return m_branchStyle; }
// Rotate the standard attachment point from physical (0 is always North)
// to logical (0 -> 1 if rotated by 90 degrees)
virtual int PhysicalToLogicalAttachment(int physicalAttachment) const;
// Rotate the standard attachment point from logical
// to physical (0 is always North)
virtual int LogicalToPhysicalAttachment(int logicalAttachment) const;
// This is really to distinguish between lines and other images.
// For lines, want to pass drag to canvas, since lines tend to prevent
// dragging on a canvas (they get in the way.)
virtual bool Draggable() const { return TRUE; }
// Returns TRUE if image is a descendant of this image
bool HasDescendant(wxShape *image);
// Creates a copy of this shape.
wxShape *CreateNewCopy(bool resetMapping = TRUE, bool recompute = TRUE);
// Does the copying for this object
virtual void Copy(wxShape& copy);
// Does the copying for this object, including copying event
// handler data if any. Calls the virtual Copy function.
void CopyWithHandler(wxShape& copy);
// Rotate about the given axis by the given amount in radians.
virtual void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
virtual inline double GetRotation() const { return m_rotation; }
void ClearAttachments();
// Recentres all the text regions for this object
void Recentre(wxDC& dc);
// Clears points from a list of wxRealPoints
void ClearPointList(wxList& list);
private:
wxObject* m_clientData;
protected:
wxShapeEvtHandler* m_eventHandler;
bool m_formatted;
double m_xpos, m_ypos;
wxPen* m_pen;
wxBrush* m_brush;
wxFont* m_font;
wxColour* m_textColour;
wxString m_textColourName;
wxShapeCanvas* m_canvas;
wxList m_lines;
wxList m_text;
wxList m_controlPoints;
wxList m_regions;
wxList m_attachmentPoints;
bool m_visible;
bool m_disableLabel;
long m_id;
bool m_selected;
bool m_highlighted; // Different from selected: user-defined highlighting,
// e.g. thick border.
double m_rotation;
int m_sensitivity;
bool m_draggable;
int m_attachmentMode; // 0 for no attachments, 1 if using normal attachments,
// 2 for branching attachments
bool m_spaceAttachments; // TRUE if lines at one side should be spaced
bool m_fixedWidth;
bool m_fixedHeight;
bool m_centreResize; // Default is to resize keeping the centre constant (TRUE)
bool m_drawHandles; // Don't draw handles if FALSE, usually TRUE
wxList m_children; // In case it's composite
wxShape* m_parent; // In case it's a child
int m_formatMode;
int m_shadowMode;
wxBrush* m_shadowBrush;
int m_shadowOffsetX;
int m_shadowOffsetY;
int m_textMarginX; // Gap between text and border
int m_textMarginY;
wxString m_regionName;
bool m_maintainAspectRatio;
int m_branchNeckLength;
int m_branchStemLength;
int m_branchSpacing;
long m_branchStyle;
};
class wxPolygonShape: public wxShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPolygonShape)
public:
wxPolygonShape();
~wxPolygonShape();
// Takes a list of wxRealPoints; each point is an OFFSET from the centre.
// Deletes user's points in destructor.
virtual void Create(wxList *points);
virtual void ClearPoints();
void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
void CalculateBoundingBox();
bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
double x2, double y2,
double *x3, double *y3);
bool HitTest(double x, double y, int *attachment, double *distance);
void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
// Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
// to override sizing behaviour.
virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
// A polygon should have a control point at each vertex,
// with the option of moving the control points individually
// to change the shape.
void MakeControlPoints();
void ResetControlPoints();
// If we've changed the shape, must make the original
// points match the working points
void UpdateOriginalPoints();
// Add a control point after the given point
virtual void AddPolygonPoint(int pos = 0);
// Delete a control point
virtual void DeletePolygonPoint(int pos = 0);
// Recalculates the centre of the polygon
virtual void CalculatePolygonCentre();
#ifdef PROLOGIO
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
bool AttachmentIsValid(int attachment);
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
inline wxList *GetPoints() { return m_points; }
// Rotate about the given axis by the given amount in radians
virtual void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
private:
wxList* m_points;
wxList* m_originalPoints;
double m_boundWidth;
double m_boundHeight;
double m_originalWidth;
double m_originalHeight;
};
class wxRectangleShape: public wxShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRectangleShape)
public:
wxRectangleShape(double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
double x2, double y2,
double *x3, double *y3);
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
void SetCornerRadius(double rad); // If > 0, rounded corners
#ifdef PROLOGIO
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
inline double GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
inline double GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
inline void SetWidth(double w) { m_width = w; }
inline void SetHeight(double h) { m_height = h; }
protected:
double m_width;
double m_height;
double m_cornerRadius;
};
class wxTextShape: public wxRectangleShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextShape)
public:
wxTextShape(double width = 0.0, double height = 0.0);
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
#ifdef PROLOGIO
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
};
class wxEllipseShape: public wxShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEllipseShape)
public:
wxEllipseShape(double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
double x2, double y2,
double *x3, double *y3);
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
#ifdef PROLOGIO
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
inline double GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
inline double GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
inline void SetWidth(double w) { m_width = w; }
inline void SetHeight(double h) { m_height = h; }
protected:
double m_width;
double m_height;
};
class wxCircleShape: public wxEllipseShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCircleShape)
public:
wxCircleShape(double w = 0.0);
bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
double x2, double y2,
double *x3, double *y3);
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
};
#endif
// _OGL_BASIC_H_

View File

@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: basicp.h
// Purpose: Private OGL classes and definitions
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_BASICP_H_
#define _OGL_BASICP_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "basicp.h"
#endif
#define CONTROL_POINT_SIZE 6
class wxShapeTextLine: public wxObject
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeTextLine)
public:
wxShapeTextLine(double the_x = 0.0, double the_y = 0.0, const wxString& the_line = "");
~wxShapeTextLine();
inline double GetX() const { return m_x; }
inline double GetY() const { return m_y; }
inline void SetX(double x) { m_x = x; }
inline void SetY(double y) { m_y = y; }
inline void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_line = text; }
inline wxString GetText() const { return m_line; }
protected:
wxString m_line;
double m_x;
double m_y;
};
class wxShape;
class wxControlPoint: public wxRectangleShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxControlPoint)
friend class wxShapeEvtHandler;
friend class wxShape;
public:
wxControlPoint(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas = NULL, wxShape *object = NULL, double size = 0.0, double the_xoffset = 0.0,
double the_yoffset = 0.0, int the_type = 0);
~wxControlPoint();
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
inline void SetEraseObject(bool er) { m_eraseObject = er; }
public:
int m_type;
double m_xoffset;
double m_yoffset;
wxShape* m_shape;
wxCursor* m_oldCursor;
bool m_eraseObject; // If TRUE, erases object before dragging handle.
/*
* Store original top-left, bottom-right coordinates
* in case we're doing non-vertical resizing.
*/
static double sm_controlPointDragStartX;
static double sm_controlPointDragStartY;
static double sm_controlPointDragStartWidth;
static double sm_controlPointDragStartHeight;
static double sm_controlPointDragEndWidth;
static double sm_controlPointDragEndHeight;
static double sm_controlPointDragPosX;
static double sm_controlPointDragPosY;
};
class wxPolygonShape;
class wxPolygonControlPoint: public wxControlPoint
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPolygonControlPoint)
friend class wxPolygonShape;
public:
wxPolygonControlPoint(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas = NULL, wxShape *object = NULL, double size = 0.0, wxRealPoint *vertex = NULL,
double the_xoffset = 0.0, double the_yoffset = 0.0);
~wxPolygonControlPoint();
void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
// Calculate what new size would be, at end of resize
virtual void CalculateNewSize(double x, double y);
// Get new size
inline wxRealPoint GetNewSize() const { return m_newSize; };
public:
wxRealPoint* m_polygonVertex;
wxRealPoint m_originalSize;
double m_originalDistance;
wxRealPoint m_newSize;
};
/*
* Object regions.
* Every shape has one or more text regions with various
* properties. Not all of a region's properties will be used
* by a shape.
*
*/
class wxShapeRegion: public wxObject
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeRegion)
public:
// Constructor
wxShapeRegion();
// Copy constructor
wxShapeRegion(wxShapeRegion& region);
// Destructor
~wxShapeRegion();
// Accessors
inline void SetText(const wxString& s) { m_regionText = s; }
void SetFont(wxFont *f);
void SetMinSize(double w, double h);
void SetSize(double w, double h);
void SetPosition(double x, double y);
void SetProportions(double x, double y);
void SetFormatMode(int mode);
inline void SetName(const wxString& s) { m_regionName = s; };
void SetColour(const wxString& col); // Text colour
inline wxString GetText() const { return m_regionText; }
inline wxFont *GetFont() const { return m_font; }
inline void GetMinSize(double *x, double *y) const { *x = m_minWidth; *y = m_minHeight; }
inline void GetProportion(double *x, double *y) const { *x = m_regionProportionX; *y = m_regionProportionY; }
inline void GetSize(double *x, double *y) const { *x = m_width; *y = m_height; }
inline void GetPosition(double *xp, double *yp) const { *xp = m_x; *yp = m_y; }
inline int GetFormatMode() const { return m_formatMode; }
inline wxString GetName() const { return m_regionName; }
inline wxString GetColour() const { return m_textColour; }
wxColour *GetActualColourObject();
inline wxList& GetFormattedText() { return m_formattedText; }
inline wxString GetPenColour() const { return m_penColour; }
inline int GetPenStyle() const { return m_penStyle; }
inline void SetPenStyle(int style) { m_penStyle = style; m_actualPenObject = NULL; }
void SetPenColour(const wxString& col);
wxPen *GetActualPen();
inline double GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
inline double GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
void ClearText();
public:
wxString m_regionText;
wxList m_formattedText; // List of wxShapeTextLines
wxFont* m_font;
double m_minHeight; // If zero, hide region.
double m_minWidth; // If zero, hide region.
double m_width;
double m_height;
double m_x;
double m_y;
double m_regionProportionX; // Proportion of total object size;
// -1.0 indicates equal proportion
double m_regionProportionY; // Proportion of total object size;
// -1.0 indicates equal proportion
int m_formatMode; // FORMAT_CENTRE_HORIZ | FORMAT_CENTRE_VERT | FORMAT_NONE
wxString m_regionName;
wxString m_textColour;
wxColour* m_actualColourObject; // For speed purposes
// New members for specifying divided rectangle division colour/style 30/6/94
wxString m_penColour;
int m_penStyle;
wxPen* m_actualPenObject;
};
/*
* User-defined attachment point
*/
class wxAttachmentPoint: public wxObject
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAttachmentPoint)
public:
inline wxAttachmentPoint()
{
m_id = 0; m_x = 0.0; m_y = 0.0;
}
inline wxAttachmentPoint(int id, double x, double y)
{
m_id = id; m_x = x; m_y = y;
}
public:
int m_id; // Identifier
double m_x; // x offset from centre of object
double m_y; // y offset from centre of object
};
#endif
// _OGL_BASICP_H_

View File

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: bmpshape.h
// Purpose: wxBitmapShape
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_BITMAP_H_
#define _OGL_BITMAP_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "bmpshape.h"
#endif
#include <wx/ogl/basic.h>
class wxBitmapShape: public wxRectangleShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapShape)
public:
wxBitmapShape();
~wxBitmapShape();
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
#ifdef PROLOGIO
// I/O
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
inline wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return (wxBitmap&) m_bitmap; }
void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bm);
inline void SetFilename(const wxString& f) { m_filename = f; };
inline wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
private:
wxBitmap m_bitmap;
wxString m_filename;
};
#endif
// _OGL_BITMAP_H_

View File

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: canvas.h
// Purpose: wxShapeCanvas
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_CANVAS_H_
#define _OGL_CANVAS_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "canvas.h"
#endif
// Drag states
#define NoDragging 0
#define StartDraggingLeft 1
#define ContinueDraggingLeft 2
#define StartDraggingRight 3
#define ContinueDraggingRight 4
// When drag_count reaches 0, process drag message
class wxDiagram;
class wxShapeCanvas: public wxScrolledWindow
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeCanvas)
public:
wxShapeCanvas(wxWindow *parent = NULL, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
long style = wxBORDER | wxRETAINED);
~wxShapeCanvas();
inline void SetDiagram(wxDiagram *diag) { m_shapeDiagram = diag; }
inline wxDiagram *GetDiagram() const { return m_shapeDiagram; }
virtual void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0);
virtual void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0);
virtual void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0); // Erase if draw false
virtual void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0);
virtual void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0);
virtual void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0); // Erase if draw false
virtual void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0);
virtual void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0);
// Find object for mouse click, of given wxClassInfo (NULL for any type).
// If notImage is non-NULL, don't find an object that is equal to or a descendant of notImage
virtual wxShape *FindShape(double x, double y, int *attachment, wxClassInfo *info = NULL, wxShape *notImage = NULL);
wxShape *FindFirstSensitiveShape(double x, double y, int *new_attachment, int op);
wxShape *FindFirstSensitiveShape1(wxShape *image, int op);
// Redirect to wxDiagram object
virtual void AddShape(wxShape *object, wxShape *addAfter = NULL);
virtual void InsertShape(wxShape *object);
virtual void RemoveShape(wxShape *object);
virtual bool GetQuickEditMode();
virtual void Redraw(wxDC& dc);
void Snap(double *x, double *y);
// Events
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
protected:
wxDiagram* m_shapeDiagram;
int m_dragState;
double m_oldDragX, m_oldDragY; // Previous drag coordinates
double m_firstDragX, m_firstDragY; // INITIAL drag coordinates
bool m_checkTolerance; // Whether to check drag tolerance
wxShape* m_draggedShape;
int m_draggedAttachment;
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
};
#endif
// _OGL_CANVAS_H_

View File

@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: composit.h
// Purpose: wxCompositeShape
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_COMPOSIT_H_
#define _OGL_COMPOSIT_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "composit.h"
#endif
class wxDivisionShape;
class wxOGLConstraint;
/*
* A composite object is an invisible rectangle surrounding all children
*
*/
class wxCompositeShape: public wxRectangleShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCompositeShape)
public:
wxCompositeShape();
~wxCompositeShape();
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double oldX, double oldY, bool display = TRUE);
void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
// Returns TRUE if it settled down
bool Recompute();
// New members
void AddChild(wxShape *child, wxShape *addAfter = NULL);
void RemoveChild(wxShape *child);
wxOGLConstraint *AddConstraint(wxOGLConstraint *constraint);
wxOGLConstraint *AddConstraint(int type, wxShape *constraining, wxList& constrained);
wxOGLConstraint *AddConstraint(int type, wxShape *constraining, wxShape *constrained);
void DeleteConstraint(wxOGLConstraint *constraint);
// Delete constraints that involve this child.
void DeleteConstraintsInvolvingChild(wxShape *child);
// Remove the image from any constraints involving it, but DON'T
// remove any constraints.
void RemoveChildFromConstraints(wxShape *child);
// Find constraint, also returning actual composite the constraint was in,
// in case it had to find it recursively.
wxOGLConstraint *FindConstraint(long id, wxCompositeShape **actualComposite = NULL);
// Returns TRUE if something changed
bool Constrain();
// Make this composite into a container by creating one wxDivisionShape
void MakeContainer();
// Calculates size and position of composite object based on children
void CalculateSize();
#ifdef PROLOGIO
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
// In case the object has constraints it needs to read in in a different pass
void ReadConstraints(wxExpr *clause, wxExprDatabase *database);
#endif
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
virtual wxDivisionShape *OnCreateDivision();
// Finds the image used to visualize a container. This is any child
// of the composite that is not in the divisions list.
wxShape *FindContainerImage();
// Returns TRUE if division is a descendant of this container
bool ContainsDivision(wxDivisionShape *division);
inline wxList& GetDivisions() const { return (wxList&) m_divisions; }
inline wxList& GetConstraints() const { return (wxList&) m_constraints; }
protected:
double m_oldX;
double m_oldY;
wxList m_constraints;
wxList m_divisions; // In case it's a container
};
/*
* A division object is a composite with special properties,
* to be used for containment. It's a subdivision of a container.
* A containing node image consists of a composite with a main child shape
* such as rounded rectangle, plus a list of division objects.
* It needs to be a composite because a division contains pieces
* of diagram.
* NOTE a container has at least one wxDivisionShape for consistency.
* This can be subdivided, so it turns into two objects, then each of
* these can be subdivided, etc.
*/
#define DIVISION_SIDE_NONE 0
#define DIVISION_SIDE_LEFT 1
#define DIVISION_SIDE_TOP 2
#define DIVISION_SIDE_RIGHT 3
#define DIVISION_SIDE_BOTTOM 4
class wxDivisionShape: public wxCompositeShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDivisionShape)
public:
wxDivisionShape();
~wxDivisionShape();
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double oldX, double oldY, bool display = TRUE);
void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
// Don't want this kind of composite to resize its subdiagrams, so
// override composite's SetSize.
void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
// Similarly for calculating size: it's fixed at whatever SetSize
// set it to, not in terms of children.
void CalculateSize();
void MakeControlPoints();
void ResetControlPoints();
void MakeMandatoryControlPoints();
void ResetMandatoryControlPoints();
#ifdef PROLOGIO
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
// Divide horizontally (wxHORIZONTAL) or vertically (wxVERTICAL)
bool Divide(int direction);
// Resize adjoining divisions at the given side. If test is TRUE,
// just see whether it's possible for each adjoining region,
// returning FALSE if it's not.
bool ResizeAdjoining(int side, double newPos, bool test);
// Adjust a side, returning FALSE if it's not physically possible.
bool AdjustLeft(double left, bool test);
bool AdjustTop(double top, bool test);
bool AdjustRight(double right, bool test);
bool AdjustBottom(double bottom, bool test);
// Edit style of left or top side
void EditEdge(int side);
// Popup menu
void PopupMenu(double x, double y);
inline void SetLeftSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_leftSide = shape; }
inline void SetTopSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_topSide = shape; }
inline void SetRightSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_rightSide = shape; }
inline void SetBottomSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_bottomSide = shape; }
inline wxDivisionShape *GetLeftSide() const { return m_leftSide; }
inline wxDivisionShape *GetTopSide() const { return m_topSide; }
inline wxDivisionShape *GetRightSide() const { return m_rightSide; }
inline wxDivisionShape *GetBottomSide() const { return m_bottomSide; }
inline void SetHandleSide(int side) { m_handleSide = side; }
inline int GetHandleSide() const { return m_handleSide; }
inline void SetLeftSidePen(wxPen *pen) { m_leftSidePen = pen; }
inline wxPen *GetLeftSidePen() const { return m_leftSidePen; }
inline void SetTopSidePen(wxPen *pen) { m_topSidePen = pen; }
inline wxPen *GetTopSidePen() const { return m_topSidePen; }
void SetLeftSideColour(const wxString& colour);
void SetTopSideColour(const wxString& colour);
void SetLeftSideStyle(const wxString& style);
void SetTopSideStyle(const wxString& style);
inline wxString GetLeftSideColour() const { return m_leftSideColour; }
inline wxString GetTopSideColour() const { return m_topSideColour; }
inline wxString GetLeftSideStyle() const { return m_leftSideStyle; }
inline wxString GetTopSideStyle() const { return m_topSideStyle; }
protected:
// Adjoining divisions. NULL indicates edge
// of container, and that side shouldn't be
// drawn.
wxDivisionShape* m_leftSide;
wxDivisionShape* m_rightSide;
wxDivisionShape* m_topSide;
wxDivisionShape* m_bottomSide;
int m_handleSide; // Side at which handle is legal
wxPen* m_leftSidePen;
wxPen* m_topSidePen;
wxString m_leftSideColour;
wxString m_topSideColour;
wxString m_leftSideStyle;
wxString m_topSideStyle;
};
#define DIVISION_MENU_SPLIT_HORIZONTALLY 1
#define DIVISION_MENU_SPLIT_VERTICALLY 2
#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_LEFT_EDGE 3
#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_TOP_EDGE 4
#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_RIGHT_EDGE 5
#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_BOTTOM_EDGE 6
#define DIVISION_MENU_DELETE_ALL 7
#endif
// _OGL_COMPOSIT_H_

View File

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: constrnt.h
// Purpose: OGL constraint definitions
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_CONSTRNT_H_
#define _OGL_CONSTRNT_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "constrnt.h"
#endif
/*
* OGL Constraints
*
*/
class wxOGLConstraintType: public wxObject
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOGLConstraintType)
public:
wxOGLConstraintType(int type = 0, const wxString& name = "", const wxString& phrase = "");
~wxOGLConstraintType();
public:
int m_type; // E.g. gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_VERTICALLY
wxString m_name; // E.g. "Centre vertically"
wxString m_phrase; // E.g. "centred vertically with respect to", "left of"
};
extern wxList* wxOGLConstraintTypes;
#define gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_VERTICALLY 1
#define gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_HORIZONTALLY 2
#define gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_BOTH 3
#define gyCONSTRAINT_LEFT_OF 4
#define gyCONSTRAINT_RIGHT_OF 5
#define gyCONSTRAINT_ABOVE 6
#define gyCONSTRAINT_BELOW 7
#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_TOP 8
#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_BOTTOM 9
#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_LEFT 10
#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_RIGHT 11
// Like aligned, but with the objects centred on the respective edge
// of the reference object.
#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_TOP 12
#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_BOTTOM 13
#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_LEFT 14
#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_RIGHT 15
class wxOGLConstraint: public wxObject
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOGLConstraint)
public:
wxOGLConstraint() { m_xSpacing = 0.0; m_ySpacing = 0.0; m_constraintType = 0; m_constraintName = ""; m_constraintId = 0;
m_constrainingObject = NULL; }
wxOGLConstraint(int type, wxShape *constraining, wxList& constrained);
~wxOGLConstraint();
// Returns TRUE if anything changed
bool Evaluate();
inline void SetSpacing(double x, double y) { m_xSpacing = x; m_ySpacing = y; };
bool Equals(double a, double b);
double m_xSpacing;
double m_ySpacing;
int m_constraintType;
wxString m_constraintName;
long m_constraintId;
wxShape* m_constrainingObject;
wxList m_constrainedObjects;
};
void OGLInitializeConstraintTypes();
void OGLCleanUpConstraintTypes();
#endif
// _OGL_CONSTRNT_H_

View File

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: divided.h
// Purpose: wxDividedShape
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_DIVIDED_H_
#define _OGL_DIVIDED_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "basic.h"
#endif
/*
* Definition of a region
*
*/
/*
* Box divided into horizontal regions
*
*/
extern wxFont *g_oglNormalFont;
class wxDividedShape: public wxRectangleShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDividedShape)
public:
wxDividedShape(double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
~wxDividedShape();
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
void MakeControlPoints();
void ResetControlPoints();
void MakeMandatoryControlPoints();
void ResetMandatoryControlPoints();
#ifdef PROLOGIO
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
void Copy(wxShape &copy);
// Set all region sizes according to proportions and
// this object total size
void SetRegionSizes();
// Edit region colours/styles
void EditRegions();
// Attachment points correspond to regions in the divided box
bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
bool AttachmentIsValid(int attachment);
int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
// Invoke editor on CTRL-right click
void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
};
#endif
// _OGL_DIVIDED_H_

View File

@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: drawn.h
// Purpose: wxDrawnShape
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_DRAWN_H_
#define _OGL_DRAWN_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "drawn.h"
#endif
#include <wx/ogl/basic.h>
#define oglMETAFLAGS_OUTLINE 1
#define oglMETAFLAGS_ATTACHMENTS 2
class wxDrawnShape;
class wxPseudoMetaFile: public wxObject
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPseudoMetaFile)
public:
wxPseudoMetaFile();
wxPseudoMetaFile(wxPseudoMetaFile& mf);
~wxPseudoMetaFile();
void Draw(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
#ifdef PROLOGIO
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause, int whichAngle);
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause, int whichAngle);
#endif
void Clear();
void Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile& copy);
void Scale(double sx, double sy);
void ScaleTo(double w, double h); // Scale to fit size
void Translate(double x, double y);
// Rotate about the given axis by theta radians from the x axis.
void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
bool LoadFromMetaFile(char *filename, double *width, double *height);
void GetBounds(double *minX, double *minY, double *maxX, double *maxY);
// Calculate size from current operations
void CalculateSize(wxDrawnShape* shape);
inline wxList& GetOutlineColours() const { return (wxList&) m_outlineColours; }
inline wxList& GetFillColours() const { return (wxList&) m_fillColours; }
inline void SetRotateable(bool rot) { m_rotateable = rot; }
inline bool GetRotateable() const { return m_rotateable; }
inline void SetSize(double w, double h) { m_width = w; m_height = h; }
inline void SetFillBrush(wxBrush* brush) { m_fillBrush = brush; }
inline wxBrush* GetFillBrush() const { return m_fillBrush; }
inline void SetOutlinePen(wxPen* pen) { m_outlinePen = pen; }
inline wxPen* GetOutlinePen() const { return m_outlinePen; }
inline void SetOutlineOp(int op) { m_outlineOp = op; }
inline int GetOutlineOp() const { return m_outlineOp; }
inline wxList& GetOps() const { return (wxList&) m_ops; }
// Is this a valid (non-empty) metafile?
inline bool IsValid() const { return (m_ops.Number() > 0); }
public:
/// Set of functions for drawing into a pseudo metafile.
/// They use integers, but doubles are used internally for accuracy
/// when scaling.
virtual void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2);
virtual void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect);
virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& rect, double radius);
virtual void DrawArc(const wxPoint& centrePt, const wxPoint& startPt, const wxPoint& endPt);
virtual void DrawEllipticArc(const wxRect& rect, double startAngle, double endAngle);
virtual void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect);
virtual void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
virtual void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt);
virtual void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
// flags:
// oglMETAFLAGS_OUTLINE: will be used for drawing the outline and
// also drawing lines/arrows at the circumference.
// oglMETAFLAGS_ATTACHMENTS: will be used for initialising attachment points at
// the vertices (perhaps a rare case...)
virtual void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint pts[], int flags = 0);
virtual void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
virtual void SetClippingRect(const wxRect& rect);
virtual void DestroyClippingRect();
virtual void SetPen(wxPen* pen, bool isOutline = FALSE); // TODO: eventually, just store GDI object attributes, not actual
virtual void SetBrush(wxBrush* brush, bool isFill = FALSE); // pens/brushes etc.
virtual void SetFont(wxFont* font);
virtual void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
virtual void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
public:
bool m_rotateable;
double m_width;
double m_height;
wxList m_ops; // List of drawing operations (see drawnp.h)
wxList m_gdiObjects; // List of pens, brushes and fonts for this object.
int m_outlineOp; // The op representing the outline, if any
// Pen/brush specifying outline/fill colours
// to override operations.
wxPen* m_outlinePen;
wxBrush* m_fillBrush;
wxList m_outlineColours; // List of the GDI operations that comprise the outline
wxList m_fillColours; // List of the GDI operations that fill the shape
double m_currentRotation;
};
#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_0 0
#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_90 1
#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_180 2
#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_270 3
class wxDrawnShape: public wxRectangleShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDrawnShape)
public:
wxDrawnShape();
~wxDrawnShape();
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
#ifdef PROLOGIO
// I/O
void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
void Scale(double sx, double sy);
void Translate(double x, double y);
// Rotate about the given axis by theta radians from the x axis.
void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
// Get current rotation
inline double GetRotation() const { return m_rotation; }
void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
bool LoadFromMetaFile(char *filename);
inline void SetSaveToFile(bool save) { m_saveToFile = save; }
inline wxPseudoMetaFile& GetMetaFile(int which = 0) const { return (wxPseudoMetaFile&) m_metafiles[which]; }
void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
// Get the perimeter point using the special outline op, if there is one,
// otherwise use default wxRectangleShape scheme
bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
double x2, double y2,
double *x3, double *y3);
/// Set of functions for drawing into a pseudo metafile.
/// They use integers, but doubles are used internally for accuracy
/// when scaling.
virtual void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2);
virtual void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect);
virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& rect, double radius);
virtual void DrawArc(const wxPoint& centrePt, const wxPoint& startPt, const wxPoint& endPt);
virtual void DrawEllipticArc(const wxRect& rect, double startAngle, double endAngle);
virtual void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect);
virtual void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
virtual void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt);
virtual void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
virtual void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint pts[], int flags = 0);
virtual void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
virtual void SetClippingRect(const wxRect& rect);
virtual void DestroyClippingRect();
virtual void SetDrawnPen(wxPen* pen, bool isOutline = FALSE); // TODO: eventually, just store GDI object attributes, not actual
virtual void SetDrawnBrush(wxBrush* brush, bool isFill = FALSE); // pens/brushes etc.
virtual void SetDrawnFont(wxFont* font);
virtual void SetDrawnTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
virtual void SetDrawnBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
virtual void SetDrawnBackgroundMode(int mode);
// Set the width/height according to the shapes in the metafile.
// Call this after drawing into the shape.
inline void CalculateSize() { m_metafiles[m_currentAngle].CalculateSize(this); }
inline void DrawAtAngle(int angle) { m_currentAngle = angle; };
inline int GetAngle() const { return m_currentAngle; }
// Implementation
protected:
// Which metafile do we use now? Based on current rotation and validity
// of metafiles.
int DetermineMetaFile(double rotation);
private:
// One metafile for each 90 degree rotation (or just a single one).
wxPseudoMetaFile m_metafiles[4];
// Don't save all wxDrawnShape metafiles to file: sometimes
// we take the metafile data from a symbol library.
bool m_saveToFile;
// Which angle are we using/drawing into?
int m_currentAngle;
};
#endif
// _DRAWN_H_

View File

@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: drawnp.h
// Purpose: Private header for wxDrawnShape
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_DRAWNP_H_
#define _OGL_DRAWNP_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "drawnp.h"
#endif
#include <wx/ogl/drawn.h>
/*
* Drawing operations
*
*/
#define DRAWOP_SET_PEN 1
#define DRAWOP_SET_BRUSH 2
#define DRAWOP_SET_FONT 3
#define DRAWOP_SET_TEXT_COLOUR 4
#define DRAWOP_SET_BK_COLOUR 5
#define DRAWOP_SET_BK_MODE 6
#define DRAWOP_SET_CLIPPING_RECT 7
#define DRAWOP_DESTROY_CLIPPING_RECT 8
/*
#define DRAWOP_CREATE_PEN 10
#define DRAWOP_CREATE_BRUSH 11
#define DRAWOP_CREATE_FONT 12
*/
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_LINE 20
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_POLYLINE 21
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_POLYGON 22
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_RECT 23
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_ROUNDED_RECT 24
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_ELLIPSE 25
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_POINT 26
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_ARC 27
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_TEXT 28
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_SPLINE 29
#define DRAWOP_DRAW_ELLIPTIC_ARC 30
/*
* Base, virtual class
*
*/
class wxDrawOp: public wxObject
{
public:
inline wxDrawOp(int theOp) { m_op = theOp; }
inline ~wxDrawOp() {}
inline virtual void Scale(double xScale, double yScale) {};
inline virtual void Translate(double x, double y) {};
inline virtual void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta, double sinTheta, double cosTheta) {};
virtual void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset) = 0;
virtual wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage) = 0;
virtual wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image) = 0;
virtual void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr) = 0;
inline int GetOp() const { return m_op; }
// Draw an outline using the current operation. By default, return FALSE (not drawn)
virtual bool OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h,
double oldW, double oldH) { return FALSE; }
// Get the perimeter point using this data
virtual bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
double x2, double y2,
double *x3, double *y3,
double xOffset, double yOffset,
int attachmentMode)
{ return FALSE; }
protected:
int m_op;
};
/*
* Set font, brush, text colour
*
*/
class wxOpSetGDI: public wxDrawOp
{
public:
wxOpSetGDI(int theOp, wxPseudoMetaFile *theImage, int theGdiIndex, int theMode = 0);
void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
public:
int m_mode;
int m_gdiIndex;
wxPseudoMetaFile* m_image;
unsigned char m_r;
unsigned char m_g;
unsigned char m_b;
};
/*
* Set/destroy clipping
*
*/
class wxOpSetClipping: public wxDrawOp
{
public:
wxOpSetClipping(int theOp, double theX1, double theY1, double theX2, double theY2);
void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
void Scale(double xScale, double yScale);
void Translate(double x, double y);
wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
public:
double m_x1;
double m_y1;
double m_x2;
double m_y2;
};
/*
* Draw line, rectangle, rounded rectangle, ellipse, point, arc, text
*
*/
class wxOpDraw: public wxDrawOp
{
public:
wxOpDraw(int theOp, double theX1, double theY1, double theX2, double theY2,
double radius = 0.0, char *s = NULL);
~wxOpDraw();
void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
void Scale(double scaleX, double scaleY);
void Translate(double x, double y);
void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta, double sinTheta, double cosTheta);
wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
public:
double m_x1;
double m_y1;
double m_x2;
double m_y2;
double m_x3;
double m_y3;
double m_radius;
char* m_textString;
};
/*
* Draw polyline, spline, polygon
*
*/
class wxOpPolyDraw: public wxDrawOp
{
public:
wxOpPolyDraw(int theOp, int n, wxRealPoint *thePoints);
~wxOpPolyDraw();
void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
void Scale(double scaleX, double scaleY);
void Translate(double x, double y);
void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta, double sinTheta, double cosTheta);
wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
// Draw an outline using the current operation.
virtual bool OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h,
double oldW, double oldH);
// Get the perimeter point using this data
bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
double x2, double y2,
double *x3, double *y3,
double xOffset, double yOffset,
int attachmentMode);
public:
wxRealPoint* m_points;
int m_noPoints;
};
#endif
// _OGL_DRAWNP_H_

View File

@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: lines.h
// Purpose: wxLineShape
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_LINES_H_
#define _OGL_LINES_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "lines.h"
#endif
class wxLabelShape;
class wxPseudoMetaFile;
class wxLineControlPoint;
/*
* Arcs with multiple arrowheads
*
*/
// Types of arrowhead
// (i) Built-in
#define ARROW_HOLLOW_CIRCLE 1
#define ARROW_FILLED_CIRCLE 2
#define ARROW_ARROW 3
#define ARROW_SINGLE_OBLIQUE 4
#define ARROW_DOUBLE_OBLIQUE 5
// (ii) Custom
#define ARROW_METAFILE 20
// Position of arrow on line
#define ARROW_POSITION_START 0
#define ARROW_POSITION_END 1
#define ARROW_POSITION_MIDDLE 2
// Line alignment flags
// Vertical by default
#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_HORIZ 1
#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_VERT 0
#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_TO_NEXT_HANDLE 2
#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_NONE 0
class wxArrowHead: public wxObject
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxArrowHead)
public:
wxArrowHead(WXTYPE type = 0, int end = 0, double size = 0.0, double dist = 0.0, const wxString& name = "", wxPseudoMetaFile *mf = NULL,
long arrowId = -1);
~wxArrowHead();
wxArrowHead(wxArrowHead& toCopy);
inline WXTYPE _GetType() const { return m_arrowType; }
inline int GetPosition() const { return m_arrowEnd; }
inline void SetPosition(int pos) { m_arrowEnd = pos; }
inline double GetXOffset() const { return m_xOffset; }
inline double GetYOffset() const { return m_yOffset; }
inline double GetSpacing() const { return m_spacing; }
inline double GetSize() const { return m_arrowSize; }
inline wxString GetName() const { return m_arrowName; }
inline void SetXOffset(double x) { m_xOffset = x; }
inline void SetYOffset(double y) { m_yOffset = y; }
inline wxPseudoMetaFile *GetMetaFile() const { return m_metaFile; }
inline long GetId() const { return m_id; }
inline int GetArrowEnd() const { return m_arrowEnd; }
inline double GetArrowSize() const { return m_arrowSize; }
void SetSize(double size);
inline void SetSpacing(double sp) { m_spacing = sp; }
protected:
WXTYPE m_arrowType;
int m_arrowEnd; // Position on line
double m_xOffset; // Distance from arc start or end, w.r.t. point on arrowhead
// nearest start or end. If zero, use default spacing.
double m_yOffset; // vertical offset (w.r.t. a horizontal line). Normally zero.
double m_spacing; // Spacing from the last arrowhead
double m_arrowSize; // Length of arrowhead
wxString m_arrowName; // Name of arrow
bool m_saveToFile; // TRUE if we want to save custom arrowheads to file.
wxPseudoMetaFile* m_metaFile; // Pseudo metafile if this is a custom arrowhead
long m_id; // identifier
};
// Line object
class wxLabelShape;
class wxLineShape: public wxShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLineShape)
public:
wxLineShape();
~wxLineShape();
// Called when a connected object has moved, to move the link to
// correct position
// moveControlPoints must be disabled when a control point is being
// dragged.
void OnMoveLink(wxDC& dc, bool moveControlPoints = TRUE);
bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
void OnDrawControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
void OnEraseControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
virtual bool OnMoveControlPoint(int WXUNUSED(which), double WXUNUSED(x), double WXUNUSED(y)) { return FALSE; }
virtual bool OnMoveMiddleControlPoint(wxDC& dc, wxLineControlPoint* lpt, const wxRealPoint& pt);
virtual bool OnLabelMovePre(wxDC& dc, wxLabelShape* labelShape, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display);
void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
void FormatText(wxDC& dc, const wxString& s, int regionId = 0);
virtual void SetEnds(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2);
virtual void GetEnds(double *x1, double *y1, double *x2, double *y2);
inline virtual wxShape *GetFrom() { return m_from; }
inline virtual wxShape *GetTo() { return m_to; }
inline virtual int GetAttachmentFrom() { return m_attachmentFrom; }
inline virtual int GetAttachmentTo() { return m_attachmentTo; }
virtual void SetFrom(wxShape *object);
virtual void SetTo(wxShape *object);
virtual void DrawArrows(wxDC& dc);
// Finds the x, y points at the two ends of the line.
// This function can be used by e.g. line-routing routines to
// get the actual points on the two node images where the lines will be drawn
// to/from.
void FindLineEndPoints(double *fromX, double *fromY, double *toX, double *toY);
// Format one region at this position
void DrawRegion(wxDC& dc, wxShapeRegion *region, double x, double y);
// Erase one region at this position
void EraseRegion(wxDC& dc, wxShapeRegion *region, double x, double y);
// Get the reference point for a label. Region x and y
// are offsets from this.
// position is 0 (middle), 1 (start), 2 (end)
void GetLabelPosition(int position, double *x, double *y);
// Can override this to create a different class of label shape
virtual wxLabelShape* OnCreateLabelShape(wxLineShape *parent = NULL, wxShapeRegion *region = NULL, double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
// Straighten verticals and horizontals
virtual void Straighten(wxDC* dc = NULL);
// Not implemented
inline void SetMaintainStraightLines(bool flag) { m_maintainStraightLines = flag; }
inline bool GetMaintainStraightLines() const { return m_maintainStraightLines; }
// Make handle control points
void MakeControlPoints();
void ResetControlPoints();
// Make a given number of control points
virtual void MakeLineControlPoints(int n);
virtual wxNode *InsertLineControlPoint(wxDC* dc);
virtual bool DeleteLineControlPoint();
virtual void Initialise();
inline wxList *GetLineControlPoints() { return m_lineControlPoints; }
// Override dragging behaviour - don't want to be able to drag lines!
void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
// Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
// to override sizing behaviour.
virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
// Override select, to create/delete temporary label-moving objects
void Select(bool select = TRUE, wxDC* dc = NULL);
// Set to spline (TRUE) or line (FALSE)
inline void SetSpline(bool spl) { m_isSpline = spl; }
inline bool IsSpline() const { return m_isSpline; }
void Unlink();
void SetAttachments(int from_attach, int to_attach);
inline void SetAttachmentFrom(int attach) { m_attachmentFrom = attach; }
inline void SetAttachmentTo(int attach) { m_attachmentTo = attach; }
bool HitTest(double x, double y, int *attachment, double *distance);
#ifdef PROLOGIO
// I/O
virtual void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
virtual void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
#endif
virtual void FindNth(wxShape *image, int *nth, int *no_arcs, bool incoming);
// Find which position we're talking about at this (x, y).
// Returns ARROW_POSITION_START, ARROW_POSITION_MIDDLE, ARROW_POSITION_END
int FindLinePosition(double x, double y);
// This is really to distinguish between lines and other images.
// For lines, want to pass drag to canvas, since lines tend to prevent
// dragging on a canvas (they get in the way.)
virtual bool Draggable() const { return FALSE; }
// Does the copying for this object
void Copy(wxShape& copy);
// Add an arrowhead.
wxArrowHead *AddArrow(WXTYPE type, int end = ARROW_POSITION_END,
double arrowSize = 10.0, double xOffset = 0.0, const wxString& name = "",
wxPseudoMetaFile *mf = NULL, long arrowId = -1);
// Add an arrowhead in the position indicated by the reference
// list of arrowheads, which contains all legal arrowheads for this
// line, in the correct order.
// E.g. reference list: a b c d e
// Current line list: a d
// Add c, then line list is: a c d
// If no legal arrowhead position, return FALSE.
// Assume reference list is for one end only, since it potentially defines
// the ordering for any one of the 3 positions. So we don't check
// the reference list for arrowhead position.
bool AddArrowOrdered(wxArrowHead *arrow, wxList& referenceList, int end);
// Delete arrowhead(s)
void ClearArrowsAtPosition(int end = -1);
bool ClearArrow(const wxString& name);
wxArrowHead *FindArrowHead(int position, const wxString& name);
wxArrowHead *FindArrowHead(long arrowId);
bool DeleteArrowHead(int position, const wxString& name);
bool DeleteArrowHead(long arrowId);
void DrawArrow(wxDC& dc, wxArrowHead *arrow, double xOffset, bool proportionalOffset);
inline void SetIgnoreOffsets(bool ignore) { m_ignoreArrowOffsets = ignore; }
inline wxList& GetArrows() const { return (wxList&) m_arcArrows; }
// Find horizontal width for drawing a line with
// arrows in minimum space. Assume arrows at
// END only
double FindMinimumWidth();
// Set alignment flags. ALIGNMENT NOT IMPLEMENTED.
void SetAlignmentOrientation(bool isEnd, bool isHoriz);
void SetAlignmentType(bool isEnd, int alignType);
bool GetAlignmentOrientation(bool isEnd);
int GetAlignmentType(bool isEnd);
// Find next control point in line after the start/end point
// (depending on whether the node object is at start or end)
wxRealPoint *GetNextControlPoint(wxShape *nodeObject);
inline bool IsEnd(wxShape *nodeObject) const { return (m_to == nodeObject); }
private:
bool m_erasing; // flag to say whether we're erasing or drawing
// this line (really so metafiles can draw a
// blank rectangle)
bool m_ignoreArrowOffsets; // Don't always want to draw arrowhead offsets
// because they may not work on tool palettes (for example)
bool m_isSpline;
bool m_maintainStraightLines;
protected:
// Temporary list of line segment orientations
// so we know what direction the line is supposed to be dog-legging
// in. The values are integer: 0 for vertical, 1 for horizontal.
wxList m_lineOrientations;
// Temporary pointers for start, middle and end label editing objects
// (active only when the line is selected)
wxLabelShape* m_labelObjects[3];
// These define the segmented line - not to be confused with temporary control
// points which appear when object is selected (although in this case they'll
// probably be the same)
wxList* m_lineControlPoints;
double m_arrowSpacing; // Separation between adjacent arrows
wxShape* m_to;
wxShape* m_from;
int m_attachmentTo; // Attachment point at one end
int m_attachmentFrom; // Attachment point at other end
// Alignment flags
int m_alignmentStart;
int m_alignmentEnd;
wxList m_arcArrows;
};
#endif
// _OGL_LINES_H_

View File

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: linesp.h
// Purpose: Lines private header file
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 12/07/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _OGL_LINESP_H_
#define _OGL_LINESP_H_
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma interface "linesp.h"
#endif
class wxLineShape;
class wxLineControlPoint: public wxControlPoint
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLineControlPoint)
friend class wxLineShape;
public:
wxLineControlPoint(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas = NULL, wxShape *object = NULL, double size = 0.0,
double x = 0.0, double y = 0.0, int the_type = 0);
~wxLineControlPoint();
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
// Obsolete (left-dragging now moves attachment point to new relative position OR new
// attachment id)
#if 0
void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
#endif
public:
int m_type;
wxRealPoint* m_point; // Line point
wxRealPoint m_originalPos;
};
/*
* Temporary arc label object
*/
class wxLabelShape: public wxRectangleShape
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLabelShape)
public:
wxLabelShape(wxLineShape *parent = NULL, wxShapeRegion *region = NULL, double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
~wxLabelShape();
void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
public:
wxLineShape* m_lineShape;
wxShapeRegion* m_shapeRegion;
};
/*
* Get the point on the given line (x1, y1) (x2, y2)
* distance 'length' along from the end,
* returned values in x and y
*/
void GetPointOnLine(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2,
double length, double *x, double *y);
#endif
// _OGL_LINESP_H_

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More